Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Teleflex

Teleflex

tfx · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker tfx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Teleflex
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Driving High Growth

Innovative 
Products

High-Growth
Markets

World-Class
People

Financial Highlights

FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

2019

20182018

2019

2018

2019

20182018

20172017

20162016

2017

2016

20172017

20162016

NET REVENUES

6.0%

Variance

RESEARCH AND 
DEVELOPMENT

7.2%

Variance

ADJUSTED EARNINGS 
PER SHARE 1
12.6%

Variance

NET CASH PROVIDED BY 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
0.5%

Variance

TELEFLEX TODAY

57%

23%

11%

9%

88%

9%

3%

Americas

Europe, Middle 
East and Africa

Asia Pacific

OEM

Hospitals/
Healthcare 
Providers

Medical Device 
Manufacturers

Home 
Care

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

LISTED IN ORDER OF ELECTION

PETRO BARCHUK
Vice President, 
Financial Planning and Analysis

BENSON F. SMITH
Retired Chief Executive Officer
Teleflex Incorporated
Chairman of the Board

GEORGE BABICH, JR. *1
Retired President and
Chief Executive Officer
Checkpoint Systems, Inc.
Lead Director
Compensation Committee Chair

STEPHEN K. KLASKO, M.D. *2
President and CEO
Thomas Jefferson University
and Jefferson Health

STUART A. RANDLE *1, 2
Retired Chief Executive Officer
Ivenix, Inc.
Nominating and Governance 
Commitee Chair

CANDACE H. DUNCAN *3
Retired Managing Partner
KPMG LLP
Audit Committee Chair

GRETCHEN R. HAGGERTY *3
Retired Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
United States Steel Corp.

RICHARD A. PACKER *2
Primary Executive Director
Asahi Kasei

ANDREW A. KRAKAUER *1
Retired Chief Executive Officer
Cantel Medical Corp.

LIAM J. KELLY
President and
Chief Executive Officer

JOHN C. HEINMILLER *3
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer
St. Jude Medical

*Board Committees
1 Compensation
2 Nominating and Governance
3 Audit

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP

LIAM J. KELLY
President and
Chief Executive Officer

THOMAS E. POWELL
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

DAVE AMERSON
President and General Manager,
Interventional Urology

MATTHEW ANDERSON
President and General Manager, 
Interventional

KAREN BOYLAN
Corporate Vice President, 
Strategic Projects

GWEN CHAPMAN
Corporate Vice President and
Chief Compliance Officer

JOHN DEREN
Vice President,
Chief Accounting Officer

JEAN-LUC DIANDA
President, EMEA
and Global Urology

MICHAEL DIGIUSEPPE
Vice President and 
General Manager,
Respiratory Division and
Corporate Accounts

TIMOTHY DUFFY
Vice President,
Chief Information Officer

JAKE ELGUICZE
Treasurer and Vice President,
Investor Relations

JAMES FERGUSON
President and General Manager, 
Surgical and Latin America

MICHELLE FOX
Corporate Vice President and 
Chief Medical Officer

SUNNY GOH
President, APAC

MARIE HENDRIXSON
Vice President,
Internal Audit

CAMERON HICKS
Corporate Vice President,
Human Resources and 
Communications

TIM KELLEHER
President and
General Manager, OEM

BERT LANE
Vice President,
Global Logistics and Distribution

JAMES J. LEYDEN
Corporate Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

JAKE NEWMAN
President and General
Manager, Vascular

DANIEL PRICE
Vice President, 
Commercial Finance

KEVIN ROBINSON
Vice President and General 
Manager, Anesthesia and 
Emergency Medicine

ED WEIDNER
Vice President, Customer 
Experience and Commercial 
Operations

JAY WHITE
Corporate Vice President, Americas 
and EMEA

MARIO WIJKER
Corporate Vice President, Quality 
Assurance and Regulatory Affairs

GREGG WINTER
Vice President, Tax

JAMES WINTERS
Corporate Vice President, 
Manufacturing and Supply Chain

INVESTOR INFORMATION

ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of  
shareholders will take place at 
11:00 a.m. on May 1, 2020 at:

Teleflex Incorporated
550 East Swedesford Road
Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

INVESTOR INFORMATION
Market and ownership 
of common stock:
New York Stock Exchange
Trading symbol: TFX

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Investors, analysts and others
seeking information about the 
company should contact:

Jake Elguicze
Teleflex Incorporated
(610) 948-2836
jake.elguicze@teleflex.com
www.teleflex.com

A copy of the Annual Report as filed 
with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on Form 10-K, interim 
reports on Form 10-Q, and current 
reports on Form 8-K can be 
accessed on the Investor page of 
the company’s website or can be 
mailed upon request.

TRANSFER AGENT 
AND REGISTRAR
Questions concerning transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, 
dividends, duplicate mailings, 
change of address, or other 
stockholder matters should be 
addressed to:

American Stock Transfer
& Trust Company
6201 15th Ave
Brooklyn, New York 11219
(800) 937-5449 (toll free)

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
Teleflex Incorporated offers a 
dividend reinvestment and direct 
stock purchase and sale plan. For 
enrollment information, please 
contact American Stock Transfer 
& Trust Company, Dividend 
Reinvestment Department, 1-877-
842-1572 (toll free).

CODE OF ETHICS AND
BUSINESS GUIDELINES
All Teleflex businesses around 
the world share a common Code 
of Ethics, which guides the way 
we conduct business. The Code is 
available on the Teleflex website at 
www.teleflex.com.

CERTIFICATIONS
The certifications by the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer of Teleflex 
Incorporated required under 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 have been filed as 
exhibits to Teleflex Incorporated’s 
2019 Annual Report on Form 10-
K. In addition, in May 2019, the 
Chief Executive Officer of Teleflex 
Incorporated certified to the New 
York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) that 
he is not aware of any violation by 
the Company of NYSE corporate 
governance listing standards, as 
required by Section 303A.12(a) of 
the NYSE Corporate Governance 
Rules.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
In accordance with the safe 
harbor provisions of the Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act 
of 1995, the company notes that 
certain statements contained in 
this report are forward-looking 
in nature. These forward-looking 
statements include matters such 
as business strategies, market 
potential, product deployment, 
future financial performance, and 
other future oriented matters. 
Such matters inherently involve 
many risks and uncertainties. For 
additional information, please 
refer to the company’s Securities 
and Exchange Commission filings 
and the Form 10-K included in the 
Annual Report.

¹A table reconciling adjusted earnings per share to the most directly comparable GAAP measure can be found at the end of this Annual Report. 
Tables reconciling our 2019 constant currency revenue growth and adjusted operating margin, which are discussed in this Annual Report, to the most 
directly comparable GAAP measures are also included at the end of this Annual Report.

Teleflex, the Teleflex logo, and each of the other brand and product names referenced herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of Teleflex 
Incorporated or its affiliates, in the U.S. and/or other countries.

AnnualReport_Covers.indd   2
AnnualReport_Covers.indd   2

3/6/20   4:22 PM
3/6/20   4:22 PM

Driving High Growth

Innovative Products        High-Growth Markets       World-Class People

Teleflex is leveraging today’s strong market dynamics to drive exceptional growth 
across our business—from our innovative products, to the clinical markets and 
global regions we serve, to our expanding team of world-class people. In the 
process, we are fulfilling our corporate mission of enabling better health outcomes 
for patients and clinicians, while generating increasing value for our customers, 
employees, and shareholders. 

INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS

HIGH-GROWTH MARKETS

WORLD-CLASS PEOPLE

We are bringing advanced 
medical devices to key clinical 
markets and high-growth 
regions around the globe, 
with a focus on providing 
differentiated products 
that can improve patient 
outcomes, reduce healthcare 
costs, and create efficiencies. 

We are drawing on our core 
strengths in M&A and internal 
R&D to expand our product 
portfolio, enter new medical 
specialty markets, broaden our 
customer base, and extend our 
global reach into key regions 
and markets worldwide.  

We are actively collaborating 
with our customers to address 
the full scope of their needs, 
combining innovative products 
with forward-thinking clinical 
education programs that 
translate into precise and 
comprehensive solutions.

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

The Teleflex portfolio comprises many trusted names in medical technology, including Arrow®, Deknatel®, 
Hudson RCI®, LMA®, MANTA®, Pilling®, Rüsch®, Urolift®, Vascular Solutions, and Weck®. Diverse in focus and 
unique in approach, these are united by a common sense of purpose: To leverage best-in-class technologies to 
enable effective clinical solutions for patients and healthcare providers around the world.

1 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT | 1

To Our 
To Our 
Shareholders:
Shareholders:

These results reflect steady progress in all five tenets 
of our DRIVE to High-Growth strategy, which include 
delivering new product growth; reaching deeper product 
utilization; investing in key market segments; value 
addition through global infrastructure; and executing 
strategic M&A. Our 2019 highlights include:  

•  We continued to innovate, launching five new 

products and several line extensions across a broad 
range of medical segments, and generating revenue 
growth from new products.

•  We invested in our pipeline, advancing the 

development of several exciting products in promising 
market categories.

•  We continued to optimize our business and to make 

select distributor-to-direct conversions that reduce our 
operational costs and bring us closer to customers.

•  We continued to capitalize on our past acquisitions, 
including Essential Medical, Vascular Solutions, 
and NeoTract.

•  We delivered strong 2019 financial results, including 

12.6% growth in adjusted earnings per share. 

Our 2019 performance is not only a testament to the 
soundness of our strategy, but also to the excellence 
of our people. We dedicate extraordinary resources 
to attracting and retaining the finest professionals 
in our industry, and we have built a broad and deep 
management team, backed by dedicated employees. 

Our team is the foundation for our success, and we 
want to thank our employees for their hard work and 
support of our corporate mission. We are committed to 
providing a rewarding work environment, and in 2019, 
we expanded our JOIN Act with Purpose sustainability 
platform and published our inaugural corporate social 
responsibility report. The JOIN Impact Report underscores 
our commitment to sustainability and highlights our social 
responsibility activities across the world. 

LEVERAGING MARKET OPPORTUNITY

As the world’s population ages, and life expectancy rates 
increase, global demand for healthcare is growing. An 
estimated 10,000 people turn 65 in the U.S. every day, 
and by 2025, Asia will have approximately 1.1 billion 
residents over the age of 50. At the same time, healthcare 
budgets are tightening, and medical providers around the 
world are seeking efficient ways to manage costs. Teleflex 
solutions represent an attractive value proposition in 
this environment. Our products are designed to fulfill 
unmet medical needs, such as decreasing patient trauma, 
reducing infection risk, and expediting procedure 
times. As a result, Teleflex products can improve health 
outcomes, while reducing the overall costs associated 
with medical care. 

We are leveraging our global infrastructure to capitalize 
on these market dynamics. This includes making 
distributor-to-direct conversions in select markets that 
position us to drive margins, strengthen our commercial 

2 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

channels, and gain a better understanding of customers. 
We also continue to generate efficiencies and increase 
margins through ongoing global restructuring initiatives.  

INNOVATING SOLUTIONS

Innovation is our lifeblood, and in 2019 we introduced 
several products and product extensions that differentiate 
us in high-growth specialty markets. We initiated the 
U.S. release of our MANTA® Vascular Closure Device, 
which is the first commercially available biomechanical 
vascular closure device designed specifically for large 
bore femoral arterial site closure. We completed full 
market release of the MANTA® Vascular Closure Device 
in early 2020, and we expect this product to contribute 
to our future revenue growth. We also continued to 
collaborate with the U.S. Army to seek accelerated 
approval by the FDA of EZPLAZTM Freeze Dried Plasma1, 
a groundbreaking product, which we believe will have 
important implications in trauma settings. In addition 
to these developments, we continued to drive physician 
adoption of the UroLift® System, our breakthrough 
product for minimally invasive benign prostatic 
hyperplasia care. We plan to roll-out the next generation 
of this system during 2020, and we expect to transition 
our entire U.S. physician base to the UroLift® 2 System 
in 2021. 

While new products like these are prominent growth 
drivers, the acceleration in our revenue during 2019 was 
broad based, reflecting meaningful improvement across 
nearly every global product category. In Vascular Access, 
we generated strong sales of peripherally inserted central 
catheters, and central venous catheters. In Anesthesia, 
we grew our market share of atomization products. In 
our Surgical business, we increased sales of ligation 
clips, endofascial closure devices, and instruments for 

minimally invasive procedures. And in Interventional 
Cardiology and Radiology, we fueled sales of complex 
catheters, biologics, intra-aortic balloon catheters, 
and closure products. Our balanced growth reflects 
the strength of our overall product portfolio, as well as 
our commitment to driving utilization of our existing 
products, both by introducing them to new markets 
and by developing value-added clinician education and 
support programs. 

MOVING FORWARD

We move forward with optimism and confidence. Our 
marketplace offers excellent growth opportunities, and 
Teleflex is solidly positioned to capitalize on them. We have 
a broad and deep management team, an established global 
infrastructure, and a strong and differentiated product 
portfolio that spans multiple high-growth healthcare 
segments. We also have a robust pipeline of new products 
and a powerful R&D engine to fuel our future progress. 

During 2019, we demonstrated both the value of our DRIVE 
to High-Growth strategy and the exceptional ability of our 
management team to execute. As we move forward, we are 
focused on leveraging this momentum to reach our financial 
targets. We will continue to innovate and bring new 
products to market, invest in key clinical markets, promote 
greater utilization of existing products, leverage our 
global infrastructure, and pursue promising acquisitions. 
As always, we remain committed to delivering improved 
outcomes to our patients and clinicians, new opportunities 
to our employees, and increasing value to our shareholders. 

LIAM J. KELLY
President and
Chief Executive Officer

THOMAS E. POWELL
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

1Limited to investigational use only (not approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration).

2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT | 3

A Clear Strategy

D

R

I

V

E

DELIVER ACCELERATED NEW PRODUCT GROWTH

We are an established leader in product innovation, and we are continuing to develop 
differentiated products and clinical education programs that address unmet healthcare 
needs while generating strong margins. 

REACH DEEPER PRODUCT UTILIZATION

Many of our key product areas and markets are underpenetrated. We are aggressively 
promoting increased utilization of our existing products among current customers in order 
to capture additional market share, especially within large market segments where we offer 
unique, high-margin solutions. 

INVEST IN KEY MARKET SEGMENTS

We are investing in select medical sectors, focusing our resources on areas that offer us the 
greatest potential for both excellent capital returns and significant market share expansion. 
Within these markets, we are working to deliver high-margin products that are clinically 
differentiated and afford strong intellectual property protection. 

VALUE ADDITION THROUGH GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE

We are leveraging our powerful global infrastructure to enter high-growth markets. This 
initiative includes launching new products, introducing existing products into new regions, 
and executing our “go-direct” strategy in key areas of the world. 

EXECUTE STRATEGIC M&A

We have a core competency in making acquisitions that create shareholder value. We 
continue to seek opportunities that strengthen our financial profile, broaden our reach, 
expand our product portfolio, and enrich our innovation capabilities. 

4 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

A World-Class Team

World-class companies are led by world-class people, and Teleflex has a longstanding commitment to building 
the finest team of professionals within the medical technology industry. Our people are the front-line in everything 
we do—from connecting with our customers, to identifying unmet needs within our markets, to developing and 
delivering technologies that can change lives. We recognize that every business interaction, regardless of the scope 
and scale, ultimately comes down to people. As a result, we devote exceptional resources into making Teleflex a 
truly rewarding place to work. This includes creating a diverse and welcoming corporate culture, cultivating a strong 
entrepreneurial spirit, offering meaningful growth opportunities, and rewarding our employees for their dedication. 

BEST PLACE TO WORK

For 2020, Teleflex was once again named one of the Best Places to Work by 
the MedReps.com community of medical sales talent. This marks the third 
consecutive year we have earned this accolade, with respondents citing 
our positive corporate culture, and our strong and growing portfolio of 
differentiated products. 

JO  ACT WITH PURPOSE 

Our corporate social responsibility activities are orchestrated though JOIN
Act with Purpose, our comprehensive global corporate social responsibility 
platform. JOIN Act with Purpose serves as the springboard for all of 
our corporate social responsibility activities, including sustainability, 
philanthropy, environmental initiatives, and community involvement. 
In 2019, we published our inaugural corporate social responsibility 
publication, the JOIN Impact Report, which catalogues our social 
responsibility activities across the world. You can access this report at: 
www.teleflex.com/usa/en/investor/csr/

CORE VALUES 

Our Core Values revolve around people—from the patients and clinicians 
who depend on us, to the employees whose hard work and loyalty make 
our business possible, to the suppliers and distributors who help drive our 
progress. In addition to focusing on people, our Core Values reinforce the 
qualities that set Teleflex apart, including a commitment to building trust, a 
focus on maintaining a fun work environment, and an entrepreneurial spirit 
that encourages innovation.  

2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT | 5

VASCULAR
Vascular Senior Management Team, left to right:
Cris Gomide, Vice President, Marketing
Jackie Hollenbach, Vice President, Research and Development
Jake Newman, President and General Manager
Mark Singleton, Vice President, Finance
Scott Schneider, Vice President, Sales

With demand for healthcare on the rise, medical providers are increasingly seeking more efficient ways to prevent 
infection, increase patient safety, and lower their costs. Within this environment, Teleflex functions as a true partner, 
offering a powerful combination of innovative products and clinical education programs that translate into effective 
vascular access strategies. In 2019, we continued to grow our core business and to drive progress across our entire 
portfolio. This included expanding our portfolio of proprietary Arrowg+ard Blue Advance® catheters, as well as 
leveraging some of our key vascular innovations, including our advanced tip positioning platforms and extended 
dwell catheters, to capture additional market share. We move forward excited about our momentum and committed 
to continuing to leverage our expertise to deliver best-in-class products and clinical education programs that are 
designed to reduce vascular-related complications and offer clear benefits for both clinicians and their patients.

ARROWG+ARD BLUE ADVANCE® CATHETERS

Arrowg+ard Blue Advance®® catheters contain a proprietary antimicrobial and 
Arrowg+ard Blue Advance
 catheters contain a proprietary antimicrobial and 
antithrombogenic coating technology, which has been proven effective against the 
antithrombogenic coating technology, which has been proven effective against the 
primary pathogens responsible for healthcare-associated infections.1  1  Arrowg+ard 
primary pathogens responsible for healthcare-associated infections.
Arrowg+ard 
Blue Advance®® catheters are helping to reduce the risk of catheter-related 
 catheters are helping to reduce the risk of catheter-related 
Blue Advance
complications, including occlusion, microbial colonization, phlebitis, and fibrin 
complications, including occlusion, microbial colonization, phlebitis, and fibrin 
sheath accumulation on catheter surfaces,22 while setting Teleflex apart within 
sheath accumulation on catheter surfaces,
 while setting Teleflex apart within 
our marketplace.
our marketplace.

1,21,2  In vitro data on file 2010: AVER-004371, AVER-004483 and AVAR-000427. No correlation between 
  In vitro data on file 2010: AVER-004371, AVER-004483 and AVAR-000427. No correlation between 
in vitro / in vivo testing methods and clinical outcomes have currently been ascertained.
in vitro / in vivo testing methods and clinical outcomes have currently been ascertained.

EZPLAZTM FREEZE DRIED PLASMA
We are continuing to collaborate with the U.S. Army to seek accelerated 
We are continuing to collaborate with the U.S. Army to seek accelerated 
approval by the FDA of EZPLAZTMTM Freeze Dried Plasma, a truly 
approval by the FDA of EZPLAZ
 Freeze Dried Plasma, a truly 
groundbreaking product, which we believe will have important implications in 
groundbreaking product, which we believe will have important implications in 
trauma settings. EZPLAZTMTM Freeze Dried Plasma is a blood component that is 
 Freeze Dried Plasma is a blood component that is 
trauma settings. EZPLAZ
currently limited by U.S. Federal law to investigational use only (not approved 
currently limited by U.S. Federal law to investigational use only (not approved 
by the Food and Drug Administration).
by the Food and Drug Administration).

WECK® HEM-O-LOK® POLYMER LIGATION CLIPS

 Hem-o-lok®® Polymer Ligation Clips feature integrated ridges and a 
WeckWeck®® Hem-o-lok
 Polymer Ligation Clips feature integrated ridges and a 
proprietary distal locking mechanism that enable them to offer clinicians 
proprietary distal locking mechanism that enable them to offer clinicians 
secure ligation, while creating opportunities for medical providers to 
secure ligation, while creating opportunities for medical providers to 
reduce their costs.
reduce their costs.

6 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT
6 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

ANESTHESIA AND                      
EMERGENCY MEDICINE
Anesthesia and Emergency Medicine Senior Management Team, 
left to right:
Kevin Robinson, Vice President and General Manager
Megan Knestrick, Vice President, Research and 
Development
Arthur Fragakis, Vice President, Finance
Mark Reis, Vice President, Sales

Teleflex Anesthesia and Emergency Medicine products improve the health and quality of people’s lives while creating 
clear economic benefits for healthcare providers. Our Anesthesia division provides an exceptionally broad and deep 
product portfolio that addresses the full scope of airway management needs, enabling clinicians to integrate our 
products into complete patient solutions. We are committed to innovating new products and line extensions that make 
airway management safer and more efficient, and to building our global leadership positions in laryngeal masks and 
endotracheal devices. In Emergency Medicine, we offer a wide range of differentiated products, including our EZ-IO®
Intraosseous Vascular Access System, which provides emergency medical professionals with rapid vascular access in 
urgent and emergent difficult vascular access situations. Our success in the Anesthesia and Emergency Medicine sectors 
is based on our robust portfolio of differentiated products, our excellent employee team, and our strong corporate 
culture. We are committed to continuing to develop and leverage these strengths so we can excel in the future.

SURGICAL
Surgical Senior Management Team, left to right: 
James Ferguson, President and General Manager 
Sue Clark, Vice President, Finance 
Tim Lufkin, Vice President, Sales 
Upvan Narang, Vice President, Marketing

We focus on developing surgical products that are designed to improve patient safety, minimize complications, 
expedite recovery times, and lower overall healthcare costs, including devices that enable minimally invasive 
surgical procedures. In 2019, our Surgical business delivered strong performance, driven by several innovative 
ligation products. These include Weck® Hem-o-lok® Polymer Ligation Clips, and the Weck® Auto Endo5®
Automatic Clip Applier. These products afford clinicians several benefits, including enhanced clip retention on 
the chosen structure, and increased procedural flexibility. In addition to our full line of ligation and port closure 
devices, our portfolio includes a comprehensive offering of laryngoscope instruments for emergency medical 
procedures, and a growing array of laparoscopic devices. As we move forward, we are continuing to draw on 
our strong customer relationships to identify the changing needs of our clinicians and to innovate differentiated 
products that precisely align with those needs. We are also committed to leveraging our legacy brands to launch 
products and programs that can improve the standard of patient care across every area of the surgical sector.

2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT | 7

INTERVENTIONAL UROLOGY
Interventional Urology Senior Management Team, left to right:
Bryan Holmes, Vice President, Marketing
Tyler Binney, Vice President, Sales
Vanessa Nguyen, Vice President, Finance
Dave Amerson, President and General Manager

Our Interventional Urology business is dedicated to developing innovative products that address unmet urology needs. 
Our primary product is the UroLift® System, which provides minimally invasive treatment for benign prostatic hyperplasia 
(BPH). Approximately 12 million men in the United States are treated for BPH annually, but approximately 98% of these 
patients are unwilling to undergo invasive surgery. The UroLift® System can provide symptom relief that is both rapid and 
better than reported for medications.3 We help promote positive patient outcomes with the UroLift® System by providing 
robust physician training programs. As of year-end 2019, more than 175,000 patients had been treated worldwide, and a 
recent real-world retrospective study confirmed that the safety and efficacy results reported by actual patients correspond 
with those in random controlled trials.4 Moreover, the UroLift® System is backed by substantial clinical evidence, including 
more than 27 peer-reviewed published clinical articles with studies showing durability out to five years.5 The UroLift®
System is now a standard-of-care treatment for BPH, and the Prostatic Urethral Lift (PUL) procedure using the UroLift®
System is recommended in the American Urological Association (AUA) Guidelines for the Surgical Management of Lower 
Urinary Tract Symptom Attributed to BPH. The UroLift® System has broad coverage from national and major commercial 
plans when medical criteria are met. We remain fully committed to continuing to develop this unique product and to 
position it within promising markets across Europe and Asia.
³Roehrborn, J Urology 2013 LIFT Study; AUA BPH Guidelines 2003
4Eure et al J Endourol 2019
5Roehrborn et al. Can J Urol 2017

INTERVENTIONAL CARDIOLOGY          
AND RADIOLOGY
Interventional Cardiology and Radiology Senior Management Team,                 
left to right:
Jen Dallaire, Vice President, Finance 
Jarrett Zimmerman, Vice President, Sales 
Matt Anderson, President and General Manager 
Len Farris, Vice President, Marketing

Our Interventional Cardiology and Radiology teams collaborate with physicians around the world to develop 
new technologies that simplify complex procedures and solve common clinical challenges. In early 2019, we 
launched several exciting products, including our Raider™, Warrior™, and Bandit™ high-performance specialty 
coronary guidewires, which assist clinicians in navigating resistant and challenging lesions. We also released the 
MANTA® Vascular Closure Device in the United States. The MANTA® Device is the first commercially available 
biomechanical vascular closure device designed specifically for large bore femoral arterial access site closure. 
During the year, we also marked the 10th anniversary of our market-leading Guideliner® Guide Extension Catheter, 
which has been used in more than a half a million procedures worldwide since it was first launched. Over the 
last decade, the Guideliner® has revolutionized the concept of guide extension, creating new possibilities in 
interventional cardiology. In addition to releasing new products in 2019, we expanded our customer education 
programs, adding more regional and local training events to reinforce the most effective use of our technologies. 
We are committed to continuing our focus on innovation, quality, and customer education to provide exceptional 
support to our interventional customers.

8 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

OEM
OEM Senior Management Team, left to right:
Gregg Stotts, Vice President, Sales
Jessica Lenhardt, Vice President, Global Marketing
Tim Kelleher, President and General Manager
David Bourgeois, Vice President, Finance

At Teleflex Medical OEM, our global customers “Work With the Experts™” to source innovative, custom-engineered 
devices and components that are precisely tailored to meet their needs. We combine our technical knowledge with 
deep expertise and a passion for excellence that enable us to offer our customers a true competitive advantage. Our 
customers benefit from an end-to-end solution provider for extrusions, complex catheters, introducers, specialized 
sutures and fibers, and bioabsorbable products. In addition, our vertically-integrated capabilities allow us to provide 
a complete, single-source solution that guides projects through each step of the development process—from 
concept, to prototyping, to manufacturing. We revolutionized the medical technology industry with our network 
of EPIC Medtec® Centers. EPIC (Engineering, Prototyping, Innovation, Collaboration) speeds devices to market, 
while reducing technical risk, and controlling development and manufacturing costs. Central to this program is our 
proprietary IDEA Medtec® Process. IDEA, which stands for Innovation, Development, Engineering, Accelerator, 
utilizes data-driven decision making to develop intelligent device designs and to optimize their performance. As a 
result, IDEA replaces the time-intensive “trial and error” method that could require weeks, months, or even years 
with an effective device development process that is complete in just a few days. We continue to meet customer 
requirements by introducing new capabilities, such as a high-contrast Black Force Fiber Suture, a lubricious 
hydrophilic coating, and PTFE extrusion with customized tensile strength and elongation properties.

THE UROLIFT® SYSTEM

A significant breakthrough in the area of minimally invasive 
A significant breakthrough in the area of minimally invasive 
BPH care, the UroLift®® System delivers rapid relief, minimal 
BPH care, the UroLift
 System delivers rapid relief, minimal 
downtime, and significant improvement in the quality of 
downtime, and significant improvement in the quality of 
patients’ lives. In December 2019, the FDA granted an expanded 
patients’ lives. In December 2019, the FDA granted an expanded 
indication for the use of this product to treat larger prostates, 
indication for the use of this product to treat larger prostates, 
extending the application of the UroLift®® System to an even 
extending the application of the UroLift
 System to an even 
larger patient group.
larger patient group.

MANTA® VASCULAR CLOSURE DEVICE

In 2019, we began a limited market release of our MANTA®® Vascular 
 Vascular 
In 2019, we began a limited market release of our MANTA
Closure Device in the United States. The first commercially available 
Closure Device in the United States. The first commercially available 
biomechanical vascular closure device designed specifically for 
biomechanical vascular closure device designed specifically for 
large bore femoral arterial access site closure, the MANTA®® Device 
large bore femoral arterial access site closure, the MANTA
 Device 
is designed to reduce the potential for bleeding complications and 
is designed to reduce the potential for bleeding complications and 
decrease overall procedural costs. We completed full market release 
decrease overall procedural costs. We completed full market release 
of this product in January 2020, and we expect it to contribute to our 
of this product in January 2020, and we expect it to contribute to our 
future revenue growth.
future revenue growth.

9 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT | 9

THE AMERICAS
Americas Senior Management Team, front row, left to right:
James Ferguson, President and General Manager, Surgical and 
Latin America 
Jay White, Corporate Vice President, Americas and EMEA 
Matt Anderson, President and General Manager, Interventional
Back row, left to right:
Mike Cummings, Vice President of Human Resources 
Dan Price, Vice President, Commercial Finance
Michael DiGiuseppe, Vice President and General Manager, 
Respiratory and Corporate Accounts
Kevin Robinson, Vice President and General Manager,
Anesthesia and Emergency Medicine 
Jake Newman, President and General Manager, Vascular 

Today’s healthcare providers are sharply focused on delivering a total value proposition that encompasses favorable patient 
outcomes, increased patient satisfaction, reduced medical risk, and balanced cost of care. At Teleflex, we recognize that 
our advanced products are only a part of this equation, and we have developed a complete Customer Success Framework 
that combines innovation, education, and research to help our customers succeed. This framework drives us to collaborate 
with our customers to identify and define their full range of needs, so we can work together to develop differentiated 
medical devices that offer complete solutions. We back our products with world-class clinical education and best practice 
consulting services that enable us to deliver meaningful value across the entire customer journey—from improving patient 
outcomes through both products and research, to workforce optimization through clinician education and best practice 
consulting, to enhancing the supply chain to reduce waste and control costs. As we move ahead, we are committed to 
building our portfolio around the needs of our customers and their patients.

ASIA PACIFIC
Asia Pacific Senior Management Team, left to right:
Ng Lee Choon, Regulatory Affairs Director 
Evelyn Sin, Senior Director of Human Resources 
Sunny Goh, President 
Ng Fook Kee, Senior Director, Supply Chain 
John O’Hehir, Vice President, Finance

The fast-growing Asia Pacific (APAC) region is expected to be the second largest regional medical device market in the 
world by 2023, driven by a rapidly aging population and a growing middle class that is demanding better healthcare. This 
extraordinary growth is putting tremendous pressure on the region’s medical providers who need to supply high-quality 
care while controlling costs. Teleflex is leveraging these dynamics to meet the evolving needs of our customers while 
fueling our own growth. This effort includes working to help healthcare providers face the specific challenges that are 
impacting Asia Pacific, including recent trade tensions, and increasing pressures on healthcare spend. We are achieving 
this by prudently allocating our resources to differentiated products, strategic go-direct opportunities, and risk mitigation 
initiatives. We are pursuing geographic expansion of impactful products, such as the UroLift® System, into targeted high-
growth markets to sustain our growth momentum. In addition, we are continuing to build our team and to leverage our 
culture, which centers on operational excellence and a deep understanding of customer needs. We believe these efforts 
will strengthen Teleflex’s position as a global leader, while enabling us to raise care standards for patients and clinicians 
around the world.

10 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST, AND AFRICA
EMEA Senior Management Team, left to right:
Gerry McCaffrey, Vice President, Finance 
Hans-Peter Goldmann, Vice President and General Manager, 
Regional Sales 
Monika Vikander-Hegarty, Vice President, HR International, 
Global Talent Development, and JOININ
Jean-Luc Dianda, President, EMEA and Global Urology 
Matthew James, Vice President and General Manager

Increased life expectancy and constrained healthcare budgets are fueling a growing need for our products across 
Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA). At the same time, our EMEA customers are facing a range of challenges, 
including changing healthcare regulations, and geopolitical instability. Within this environment, Teleflex stands out 
as a true partner that can offer innovative, evidence-based, and cost-effective healthcare solutions. We are working to 
strengthen this position by releasing differentiated products, and by increasing our commitment to clinical education 
and training. We are also leveraging our powerful sales channel and distributor conversion strategy to expedite delivery 
times, and we are working diligently to provide a level of operational excellence that sets Teleflex apart in the market. 
One of the ways we are leveraging our EMEA platform is by introducing both new products and legacy products into 
new geographies. We are currently working to position the UroLift® System and key Vascular Solutions products 
within promising markets across Europe. We are also continuing to pursue distributor-to-direct conversions in order to 
accelerate revenue growth, strengthen customer relationships, and drive margins. 

Clinicians around the world count on Teleflex products to add meaningful value, and we respond 
by delivering the highest levels of innovation, quality, and efficiency in our industry. Every day, 
our products make a difference for patients in a variety of healthcare settings, including:

6,000

For more than 6,000 
patients in the Intensive 
Care Unit

31,000

In more than 31,000
surgical procedures 
across the United States

3,200

1,600

By 3,200 emergency 
responders to 
treat patients in the field

For more than 1,600 
patients who require 
vascular access intervention

Statistics included in the graphic above were calculated based on 2016 sales data, and management assumptions and estimates.

2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT | 11

Teleflex 
Chairman’s  
Award 

The Teleflex Chairman’s Award celebrates employees who 
exceed expectations in the areas of innovation, customer focus, 
and productivity, while upholding our Core Values, which include 
a commitment to building trust, cultivating an entrepreneurial 
spirit, and maintaining a fun work environment. Candidates 
must be nominated by their peers, and in 2019, we received 
nominations for a record number of individuals and teams. After 
careful evaluation, we presented the 2019 Teleflex Chairman’s 
Award to the distinguished individuals below. 

BEN HORST, STAFF ENGINEER, VASCULAR R&D

A significant challenge in medical device development is the ability to properly simulate actual 
use conditions. Ben invented unique models that allow users to accurately visualize medical 
devices and to witness the precise interaction of these devices with anatomical features in 
simulated settings. Ben’s outstanding work in uncovering key customer insights, along with 
his entrepreneurial spirit and “never settle” attitude, represent a prime example of Teleflex 
Core Values in action. With the use of the tools Ben created, our Vascular team is gaining 
a deeper understanding of unsolved medical problems, enabling us to arrive at innovative 
solutions that are more intuitive to users, and have a positive impact on patient outcomes. 

CHIHUAHUA SCRAP REDUCTION TEAM
Standing row, left to right: Giovanni Pinedo, Diana Ramírez,     
Héctor Aguirre, Zonia Sanchez, Pedro Dozal
Seated row, left to right: Perla Gandara, Ana Herrera, Ana Delgado

AMERICAS CUSTOMER SERVICE 
OPERATIONS LEADERSHIP TEAM
Left to right: Lorrie Osuna, Chris Richards, Whitney Combs, 
Christina Miller-Reid, Jenny Nicopolis

In 2019, the Chihuahua, Mexico facility established a Scrap 
Reduction Team with the goal of reducing the facility’s scrap 
rate from 3% to the industry standard of 2%. The team 
defined and documented existing operational processes, 
implemented more effective processes for materials 
and manufacturing controls, and introduced enhanced 
documentation protocols. Collectively, these actions 
provided the team with a clear vision for making decisions 
related to materials management and conservation. As a 
result of their diligent efforts, the Scrap Reduction Team 
realized their goal of a 2% scrap rate and exceeded their 
initial cost savings target. 

12 | 2019 TELEFLEX ANNUAL REPORT

Our Customer Service Operations teams manage several 
important touchpoints across the customer journey. In 2019, 
the Americas Customer Service Operations Leadership Team 
leveraged customer feedback and internal service metrics to 
make significant enhancements to the customer experience, 
while epitomizing Teleflex’s Core Values. These efforts 
encompassed several major initiatives, including creating 
Supervisor-level roles to increase front-line support and 
training for Customer Service Representatives; establishing 
a Research Team committed to One-Contact Resolution for 
customer inquiries that could not be answered on the first 
call; forming a Customer Service team in our Chihuahua, 
Mexico facility that effectively expanded coverage for the 
West Coast and for contingency preparedness; and piloting 
a Select Accounts Team that proactively provides platinum-
level service support to our largest customers. Together, these 
initiatives helped drive a meaningful increase in Teleflex’s Net 
Promoter Score. 

lreleflex 

FORM 10K 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 2019

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 or

(Mark One)

For the transition period from                      to                      .
Commission file number 1-5353
_________________________________________________
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

23-1147939

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

550 East Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, Pennsylvania

(Address of principal executive offices)

19087

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (610) 225-6800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value 
$1.00 per share

TFX

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
_________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x     No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 
405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such 
files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and 
"emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨   Smaller reporting company  ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨  ¨

Emerging growth company ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ☐ 		  No  x
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant (27,449,837 shares) on June 28, 2019 
(the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal second quarter) was $9,090,013,523(1). The aggregate market value 
was computed by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock on such date, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

The registrant had 46,363,711.00 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 18, 2020

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Certain provisions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed 
within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

(1) For purposes of this computation only, the registrant has defined “affiliate” as including executive officers and directors of the 
registrant and owners of more than five percent of the common stock of the registrant, without conceding that all such persons are 
“affiliates” for purposes of the federal securities laws.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

BUSINESS

RISK FACTORS

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

PROPERTIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

PART II

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY 
SECURITIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

OTHER INFORMATION

PART III

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND 
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Page

4

12

26

26

27

27

28

29

29

47

48

48

48

48

49

49

49

49

49

50
52

53

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.

Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.

SIGNATURES

2

 
 
Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

All statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-
looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “will,” “would,”
“should,” “guidance,” “potential,” “continue,” “project,” “forecast,” “confident,” “prospects” and similar expressions
typically are used to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the then-current
expectations, beliefs, assumptions, estimates and forecasts about our business and the industry and markets in
which we operate. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and
uncertainties, which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes in business relationships with and purchases by or from major customers or suppliers;

delays or cancellations in shipments;

demand for and market acceptance of new and existing products;

our inability to provide products to our customers, which may be due to, among other things, events that impact 
key distributors, suppliers and vendors that sterilize our products;

our inability to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, realize planned synergies and operate such 
businesses profitably in accordance with our expectations;

our inability to effectively execute our restructuring programs;

our inability to realize anticipated savings resulting from restructuring plans and programs;

the impact of enacted healthcare reform legislation and proposals to amend, replace or repeal the legislation;

changes in Medicare, Medicaid and third-party coverage and reimbursements;

the impact of tax legislation and related regulations;

competitive market conditions and resulting effects on revenues and pricing;

increases in raw material costs that cannot be recovered in product pricing;

global economic factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, trade disputes, sovereign debt 
issues and the impact of the United Kingdom's departure from the European Union, commonly referred to as 
"Brexit";

public health epidemics including the novel coronavirus (referred to as COVID-19);

difficulties entering new markets; and

general economic conditions.

For a further discussion of the risks relating to our business, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K. We expressly disclaim any obligation to update these forward-looking statements, except as
otherwise explicitly stated by us or as required by law or regulation.

3

ITEM 1.BUSINESS

PART I

Teleflex Incorporated is referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” “Teleflex” and the “Company.”

THE COMPANY

Teleflex is a global provider of medical technology products that enhance clinical benefits, improve patient and
provider safety and reduce total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-use
medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in
critical care and surgical applications. We market and sell our products to hospitals and healthcare providers
worldwide through a combination of our direct sales force and distributors. Because our products are used in
numerous markets and for a variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure.
We manufacture our products at approximately 35 manufacturing sites, with major manufacturing operations located
in the Czech Republic, Germany, Malaysia, Mexico and the United States (the "U.S.").

We are focused on achieving consistent, sustainable and profitable growth and improving our financial

performance by increasing our market share and improving our operating efficiencies through:

•

•

•

•

•

development of new products and product line extensions;

investment in new technologies and broadening the application of our existing technologies;

expansion of the use of our products in existing markets and introduction of our products into new geographic 
markets;

achievement of economies of scale as we continue to expand by utilizing our direct sales force and distribution 
network to sell new products, as well as by increasing efficiencies in our sales and marketing organizations, 
research and development activities and manufacturing and distribution facilities; and

expansion of our product portfolio through select acquisitions, licensing arrangements and business 
partnerships that enhance, expand or expedite our development initiatives or our ability to increase our market 
share. 

Our research and development capabilities, commitment to engineering excellence and focus on low-cost
manufacturing enable us to bring to market cost effective, innovative products that improve the safety, efficacy and
quality of healthcare. Our research and development initiatives focus on developing these products for both existing
and new therapeutic applications, as well as developing enhancements to, and product line extensions of, existing
products. During 2019 we introduced several product line extensions and five new products. Our portfolio of existing
products and products under development consists primarily of Class I and Class II medical devices, most of which
require 510(k) clearance by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") for sale in the U.S., and some of which
are exempt from the requirement to obtain 510(k) clearance. We believe that seeking 510(k) clearance or qualifying
for 510(k)-exempt status reduces our research and development costs and risks, and typically results in a shorter
timetable for new product introductions as compared to the premarket approval, or PMA, process that would be
required for Class III medical devices. See "Government Regulation" below for additional information.

HISTORY AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Teleflex was founded in 1943 as a manufacturer of precision mechanical push/pull controls for military aircraft.
From this original single market, single product orientation, we expanded and evolved through entries into new
businesses, development of new products, introduction of products into new geographic or end-markets and
acquisitions and dispositions of businesses. Throughout our history, we have continually focused on providing
innovative,
their business
requirements.

technology-driven, specialty-engineered products that help our customers meet

Beginning in 2007, we significantly changed the composition of our portfolio of businesses, expanding our
presence in the medical device industry, while divesting all of our other businesses, which served the aerospace,
automotive, industrial and marine markets. Following the divestitures of our marine business and cargo container
and systems businesses in 2011, we became exclusively a medical device company.

In 2017, we completed two large scale acquisitions: NeoTract, Inc. ("NeoTract") and Vascular Solutions, Inc.
(“Vascular Solutions”). NeoTract was a medical device company that developed and commercialized the UroLift
System, a minimally invasive medical device for treating lower urinary tract symptoms due to benign prostatic

4

hyperplasia, or BPH. Vascular Solutions was a medical device company that developed and marketed clinical
products for use in minimally invasive coronary and peripheral vascular procedures.

We expect to continue to increase the size of our business through a combination of acquisitions and organic

growth initiatives.

Restructuring programs

We continue to execute our footprint realignment and other restructuring programs designed to improve
efficiencies in our manufacturing and distribution facilities and, to a lesser extent, our sales and marketing and
research and development organizations. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

OUR SEGMENTS

During 2019, our chief operating decision maker (our Chief Executive Officer) changed the manner in which he
reviews financial information for purposes of assessing business performance and allocating resources by focusing
on the geographic location of all non-OEM operations. As a result, we changed our segment presentation.
Specifically, the Vascular North America, Interventional North America, Anesthesia North America, Surgical North
America, Interventional Urology North America, Respiratory North America and Latin America operating segments
were combined into a new Americas segment. We now have four segments: Americas, EMEA (Europe, the Middle
East and Africa), Asia (Asia Pacific) and OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer and Development Services).

Each of our three geographic segments provides a comprehensive portfolio of medical technology products
used by hospitals and healthcare providers. However, certain of our products are more heavily concentrated within
certain segments. For example, most of our urology products are sold by our EMEA segment and most of our
interventional urology products are sold by our Americas segment. Our product portfolio is described in the products
section below.

Our OEM segment designs, manufactures and supplies devices and instruments for other medical device
manufacturers. Our OEM division, which includes the TFX OEM and Deknatel OEM brands, provides custom-
engineered extrusions, diagnostic and interventional catheters, balloons and balloon catheters, sheath/dilator sets
(introducers) and kits, sutures, performance fibers and bioresorbable resins and fibers.

The following charts depict our net revenues by reportable operating segment as a percentage of our total

consolidated net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

OUR PRODUCTS

Our product categories within our geographic segments include vascular access, anesthesia, interventional,
surgical, interventional urology, respiratory and urology. Each of these categories and the key products sold therein
are described in more detail below.

5

Vascular Access: Our Vascular Access product category offers devices that facilitate a variety of critical care
therapies and other applications with a primary focus on helping reduce vascular-related complications. These
products primarily consist of our Arrow branded catheters and related devices including catheter positioning
systems in addition to our intraosseous, or in the bone, access systems.

Our catheters are used in a wide range of procedures, including the administration of intravenous therapies, the
measurement of blood pressure and the withdrawal of blood samples through a single puncture site. Many of our
catheters provide antimicrobial and antithrombogenic catheter protection technology and provide clinical benefits
that have shown to reduce the risk of catheter related bloodstream infections and to reduce microbial colonization
and thrombus accumulation on catheter surfaces.

Our intraosseous access systems are designed for the delivery of medications and fluids when traditional
vascular access is difficult or impossible. Our products offer a method for vascular access that can be administered
quickly and effectively in hospital and pre-hospital emergency situations and include the EZ-IO Intraosseous
Vascular Access System and Arrow FAST1 Sternal IO System.

Interventional: Our Interventional product category offers devices that facilitate a variety of applications to
diagnose and deliver treatment via the vascular system of the body. These products primarily consist of a variety of
coronary catheters, structural heart therapies, peripheral intervention products and cardiac assist products that are
used by interventional cardiologists, interventional radiologists and vascular surgeons. Clinical benefits of our
products include increased vein and artery access and increased support during complex medical procedures. Our
product offerings consists of a portfolio of Arrow branded catheters, Guideline and Trapliner catheters, the Manta
Vascular Closure and Arrow Oncontrol devices.

Anesthesia: Our Anesthesia product category is comprised of airway and pain management product lines that

support hospital, emergency medicine and military channels.

Our airway management products and related devices are designed to enable use of standard and advanced
anesthesia techniques in both pre-hospital emergency and hospital settings. Our key products include
laryngoscopes, supraglottic airways, endotracheal tubes and atomization devices, which are branded under our
LMA, Rusch and MAD tradenames.

Our pain management product line includes catheters and disposable pain pumps for regional anesthesia,

designed to improve patients’ post-operative pain experience, which are branded under our Arrow tradename.

Surgical:  Our Surgical product category consists of single-use and reusable products designed to provide 
surgeons with devices for use in a variety of surgical procedures.  These products primarily consist of metal and 
polymer ligation clips, fascial closure surgical systems used in laparoscopic surgical procedures, percutaneous 
surgical systems and other surgical instruments.  Our significant surgical brands include Weck, Minilap, Pleur-Evac, 
Deknatel, KMedic and Pilling.

Interventional Urology: Our interventional urology product category includes the UroLift System, a minimally
invasive technology for treating lower urinary tract symptoms due to benign prostatic hyperplasia, or BPH. The
UroLift System involves the placement of permanent
typically through a transurethral outpatient
procedure, that hold the prostate lobes apart to relieve compression on the urethra without cutting, heating or
removing prostate tissue. Our Interventional Urology product portfolio is most heavily weighted in our Americas
segment.

implants,

Respiratory: Our respiratory products are used in a variety of care settings and include oxygen therapy
products, aerosol therapy products, spirometry products and ventilation management products marketed under the
Hudson RCI brand name.

Urology: Our urology product portfolio provides bladder management

for patients in the hospital and
individuals in the home care markets. The product portfolio consists principally of a wide range of catheters
(including Foley, intermittent, external and suprapubic), urine collectors, catheterization accessories and products
for operative endourology, which are marketed under the Rusch brand name. Our urology product portfolio is most
heavily weighted in our EMEA segment.

6

OUR MARKETS

We generally serve three end-markets: hospitals and healthcare providers, medical device manufacturers and
including demographics, utilization and
the percentage of net revenues for the years ended

home care. These markets are affected by a number of
reimbursement patterns. The following charts depict
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 derived from each of our end markets.

factors,

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

We are subject to comprehensive government regulation both within and outside the U.S. relating to the

development, manufacture, sale and distribution of our products.

Regulation of Medical Devices in the U.S

All of our medical devices manufactured or distributed in the U.S. are subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (“FDC Act”), and its implementing regulations, which are enforced by the FDA. The FDA and, in some
cases, other government agencies administer requirements for the methods used in, and the facilities and controls
used for, the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation, servicing, marketing, importing and
exporting of all finished devices intended for human use. Additional FDA requirements include premarket clearance
and approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-market surveillance, import and export of our medical
devices.

Unless an exemption, pre-amendment grandfather status or FDA enforcement discretion applies, each medical
device that we market in the U.S. must first receive either clearance as a Class I or, typically, a Class II device (by
submitting a premarket notification (“510(k)”) or approval as a Class III device (by filing a premarket approval
application (“PMA”)) from the FDA pursuant to the FDC Act. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must
demonstrate that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device (a 510(k)-cleared
device, pre-amendment device for which FDA has not called for PMAs or a device with a de novo authorization),
referred to as the "predicate device." Substantial equivalence is established by the applicant showing that the
proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the same technological
characteristics or has been shown to be equally safe and effective and does not raise different questions of safety
and effectiveness as compared to the predicate device.   The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process requires regulatory
competence to execute and usually takes four to nine months, but it can last longer. A device that is not eligible for
the 510(k) process because there is no predicate device may be reviewed through the de novo process (the
process for granting marketing authorization when no substantially equivalent device exists) if the FDA agrees it is a
low to moderate risk device. A device not eligible for 510(k) clearance or de novo authorization is categorized as
Class III and must follow the PMA approval pathway, which requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the
device to the FDA’s satisfaction.    The process of obtaining PMA approval also requires specific regulatory
competence and is more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) or de novo process. It generally takes from
one to three years or even longer. Our portfolio of existing products and pipeline of potential new products consist
primarily of Class I (510(k) exempt) and Class II devices that require 510(k) clearance, although a few are 510(k)-
exempt.  In addition, certain modifications made to devices after they receive clearance or approval may require a
new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA or PMA supplement. We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance or PMA
approval will be obtained in a timely matter if at all for any device that we propose to market.

7

regulations,

including FDA’s requirements for

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k)
clearance or a de novo authorization.  The sponsor of a clinical study must comply with and conduct the study in
accordance with the applicable federal
investigational device
exemptions (“IDE”) requirements and good clinical practice (“GCP”).    Clinical trials must also be approved by an
institutional review board ("IRB"), which is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to
review biomedical research involving human subjects and which has the authority to approve, require modifications
in, or disapprove research to protect the rights, safety, and welfare of the human research subject.  The FDA may
order the temporary, or permanent, hold or discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if
it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an
unacceptable risk to the clinical trial subjects.   An IRB may also require the clinical trial to be halted at a given
clinical trial site for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements or failure to adequately ensure the protection of
human subjects, or may impose other conditions. Conducting medical device clinical trials is a complex and costly
activity and frequently requires the use of outsourced resources that specialize in planning and conducting the
clinical trial for the medical device manufacturer.

A device placed on the market must comply with numerous regulatory requirements. Those regulatory

requirements include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

device listing and establishment registration;

adherence to the Quality System Regulation (“QSR”), which requires stringent design, testing, control, 
documentation, complaint handling and other quality assurance procedures;

labeling requirements;

prohibitions against the promotion of off-label uses or indications;

adverse event and malfunction reporting (Medical Device Reports or "MDRs");

post-approval restrictions or conditions, potentially including post-approval clinical trials or other required 
testing;

post-market surveillance requirements;

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can require or request the recall of products from the market; and

reporting and documentation of voluntary corrections or removals.

The FDA has issued final regulations regarding the Unique Device Identification (“UDI”) System, which requires
manufacturers to label or mark certain medical devices and/or their packaging with unique identifiers. Although the
FDA expects that the UDI System will help track products during recalls and improve patient safety, it has required
us to make changes to our manufacturing and labeling, which could increase our costs. The UDI System is being
implemented in stages based on device risk, with the first requirements having taken effect in September 2014 and
the last taking effect in September 2022.

Certain of our medical devices are sold in kits that include a drug component, such as lidocaine. These types of
kits are generally regulated as combination products within the Center for Devices and Radiological Health
("CDRH") under the device regulations because the device provides the primary mode of action of the kit. Although
the kit as a whole is regulated as a medical device, it may be subject to certain drug requirements such as current
to the extent
good manufacturing practices (“cGMPs”) and adverse drug experience reporting requirements,
applicable to the drug-component repackaging activities and subject to inspection to verify compliance with cGMPs
as well as other regulatory requirements.

Our manufacturing facilities, as well as those of certain of our suppliers, are subject to periodic and for-cause
inspections by FDA personnel to verify compliance with the QSR (21 CFR Part 820) as well as other regulatory
requirements. Similar inspections are performed by Notified Bodies to verify compliance to applicable ISO
standards (e.g.
ISO 13485:2016), requirements under the Medical Device Single Audit Program ("MDSAP")
applicable to regulatory requirements Australia, Brazil, Canada, Japan and the U.S. and/or medical device
regulations and requirements from the countries in which we distribute product and other specified audits by
regulatory authorities. If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with
applicable regulations, it could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from issuance of a warning or
untitled letter to more severe sanctions, such as product recalls or seizures, civil penalties, consent decrees,
injunctions, criminal prosecution, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, refusal to

8

permit importation or exportation, refusal to grant, or delays in granting, clearances or approvals or withdrawal or
suspension of existing clearances or approvals. The FDA also has the authority under certain circumstances to
request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us.  Any of
these actions could have an adverse effect on our business.

Regulation of Medical Devices Outside of the U.S.

Medical device laws also are in effect in many of the markets outside of the U.S. in which we do business.
These laws range from comprehensive device approval requirements for some or all of our products to requests for
product data or certifications. Inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of device-related
adverse events, are components of most of these regulatory systems. Manufacturing certification requirements and
In addition, the European
audits through the MDSAP program or other regulatory authority inspections also apply.
Union (“EU”) has adopted the EU Medical Device Regulation (the “EU MDR”), which imposes stricter requirements
for the marketing and sale of medical devices (as compared to the predecessor Medical Device Directive), including
in the area of clinical evaluation requirements, quality systems, economic operators and post-market surveillance.
Manufacturers of currently marketed medical devices will have until May 2020 to meet the requirements of the EU
MDR. Failure to meet these requirements could adversely impact our business in the EU and other regions that tie
their product registrations to the EU requirements.

Healthcare Laws

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws in the U.S. targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare
industry.  These laws prohibit us from, among other things, soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration
to induce the referral or use of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally or state
financed healthcare programs.    Violations of these laws are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil
monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.  In addition, we are subject to
federal and state false claims laws in the U.S. that prohibit the submission of false payment claims under Medicare,
Medicaid or other federally or state funded programs.  Certain marketing practices, such as off-label promotion, and
violations of federal anti-kickback laws may also constitute violations of these laws.

We are also subject to various federal and state reporting and disclosure requirements related to the healthcare
industry.  Rules issued by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services ("CMS") require us to collect and report
information on payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as investment interests
held by physicians and their immediate family members. Effective January 2022, we will also be required to collect
and report information on payments or transfers of value to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse
specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists and certified nurse-midwives. The reported data is available to the
public on the CMS website. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties.  In addition,
several states now require medical device companies to report expenses relating to the marketing and promotion of
device products and to report gifts and payments to individual physicians in these states.    Other states prohibit
various other marketing-related activities.  The federal government and certain other states require the posting of
information relating to clinical studies and their outcomes. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the
need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with the different compliance and/or reporting
requirements among a number of jurisdictions increases the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one
or more of the requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely impact our results of
operations.

Other Regulatory Requirements

We are also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws applicable in
jurisdictions outside the U.S. that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from improperly offering or
paying anything of value to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.
Because of
the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our
customer relationships outside of the U.S. are with government entities and are therefore subject to such anti-
bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world
that have experienced government corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with
anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. In the sale, delivery and servicing of our medical
devices and software outside of the U.S., we must also comply with various export control and trade embargo laws
and regulations, including those administered by the Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control
(“OFAC”) and the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) which may require licenses or

9

other authorizations for transactions relating to certain countries and/or with certain individuals identified by the U.S.
government. Despite our global trade and compliance program, our internal control policies and procedures may not
always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, distributors or other agents.
Violations of these requirements are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines and
imprisonment.

COMPETITION

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many companies, ranging from small start-
up enterprises to companies that are larger and more established than us and have access to significantly greater
financial resources. Furthermore, extensive product research and development and rapid technological advances
characterize the market in which we compete. We must continue to develop and acquire new products and
technologies for our businesses to remain competitive. We believe that we compete primarily on the basis of clinical
superiority and innovative features that enhance patient benefit, product reliability, performance, customer and sales
support, and cost-effectiveness.

SALES AND MARKETING

Our product sales are made directly to hospitals, healthcare providers, distributors and to original equipment
manufacturers of medical devices through our own sales forces, independent representatives and independent
distributor networks.

BACKLOG

Most of our products are sold to hospitals or healthcare providers on orders calling for delivery within a few
days or weeks, with longer order times for products sold to medical device manufacturers. Therefore, our backlog of
orders is not indicative of revenues to be anticipated in any future 12-month period.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

We own a portfolio of patents, patents pending and trademarks. We also license various patents and
trademarks. Patents for individual products extend for varying periods based upon the date of patent filing or grant
and the legal term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. Trademark rights may
potentially extend for longer periods of time and are dependent upon national laws and use of the marks. All product
names throughout this document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, us or our subsidiaries. Although these
have been of value and are expected to continue to be of value in the future, we do not consider any single patent
or trademark, except for the Teleflex and Arrow brands, to be essential to the operation of our business.

SUPPLIERS AND MATERIALS

Materials used in the manufacture and sterilization of our products are purchased from a large number of
suppliers in diverse geographic locations. We are not dependent on any single supplier for a substantial amount of
the materials used, the components supplied and the sterilization services provided for our overall operations. Most
of the materials, components and sterilization services we utilize are available from multiple sources, and where
practical, we attempt to identify alternative suppliers. However, our ability to establish alternate sources of supply of
materials and sterilization services may be delayed due to FDA and other regulatory authority requirements
regarding the manufacture and sterilization of our products. Volatility in commodity prices, particularly with respect
to aluminum, steel and plastic resins, can have a significant impact on the cost of producing certain of our products.
We may not be able to successfully pass cost increases through to all of our customers, particularly original
equipment manufacturers.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We are engaged in both internal and external research and development. Our research and development
efforts support our strategic objectives to provide innovative new, safe and effective products that enhance clinical
value by reducing infections, improving patient and clinician safety, enhancing patient outcomes and enabling less
invasive procedures.

We also acquire or license products and technologies that are consistent with our strategic objectives and

enhance our ability to provide a full range of product and service options to our customers.

10

SEASONALITY

Portions of our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Incidence of flu and other disease patterns and,
revenues related to single-use

the frequency of elective medical procedures affect
to a lesser extent,
products.  Historically, we have experienced higher sales in the fourth quarter as a result of these factors.

EMPLOYEES

We employed approximately 14,400 full-time and temporary employees at December  31, 2019. Of these
employees, approximately 3,900 were employed in the U.S. and 10,500 in countries other than the U.S.
Approximately 13% of our employees in the U.S. and in other countries were covered by union contracts or
collective-bargaining arrangements. We believe we have good relationships with our employees.

ENVIRONMENTAL

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside the U.S. Our operations,
like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws,
primarily in manufacturing and sterilization processes. While we continue to devote resources to compliance with
existing environmental laws and regulations, we cannot ensure that our costs of complying with current or future
environmental protection, health and safety laws and regulations will not exceed our estimates or will not have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, we cannot
ensure that we will not be subject to environmental claims for personal injury or cleanup in the future based on our
past, present or future business activities.

INVESTOR INFORMATION

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
“Exchange Act”). Therefore, we file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

You can access financial and other information about us in the Investors section of our website, which can be
accessed at www.teleflex.com. We make available through our website, free of charge, copies of our annual report
on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed
with or furnished to the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable
after electronically filing or furnishing such material to the SEC. The information on our website is not part of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K. The reference to our website address is intended to be an inactive textual reference
only.

We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1943. Our executive offices are located at 550 East Swedesford

Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087.

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The names and ages of our executive officers and the positions and offices held by each such officer are as

follows:

Name
Liam J. Kelly

Thomas E. Powell

Cameron P. Hicks

James J. Leyden

Mario Wijker

James Winters

Age
53

58

55

53

52

47

Positions and Offices with Company
President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Corporate Vice President, Human Resources and Communications

Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Corporate Vice President, QA/RA

Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain

Mr. Kelly has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2018. From May 2016 to
December 31, 2017, Mr. Kelly served as our President and Chief Operating Officer. From April 2015 to April 2016,
he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. From April 2014 to April 2015, Mr. Kelly served
as Executive Vice President and President, Americas. From June 2012 to April 2014 Mr. Kelly served as Executive
Vice President and President, International. He also has held several positions with regard to our EMEA segment,
including President from June 2011 to June 2012, Executive Vice President from November 2009 to June 2011, and

11

Vice President of Marketing from April  2009 to November  2009. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr.  Kelly held various
senior level positions with Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., a medical device company, from October 2002 to April  2009,
serving as its Vice President of International Marketing and R&D from August 2006 to February 2009.

Mr.  Powell has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February  2013. From
March 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Powell was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He joined Teleflex
in August  2011 as Senior Vice President, Global Finance. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr.  Powell served as Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer of Tomotherapy Incorporated, a medical device company, from June  2009 until
June  2011. In 2008, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Textura Corporation, a software provider. From
April 2001 until January 2008, Mr. Powell was employed by Midway Games, Inc., a software provider, serving as its
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from September  2001 until January  2008.
Mr.  Powell has also held leadership positions with Dade Behring, Inc. (now Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics),
PepsiCo, Bain & Company, Tenneco Inc. and Arthur Andersen & Company.

Mr. Hicks has been our Corporate Vice President, Human Resources and Communications since April 2013.
Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Hicks served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources & Organizational
Effectiveness for Harlan Laboratories,
Inc., a private global provider of pre-clinical and non-clinical research
services, from July 2010 to March 2013. From April 1990 to January 2010, Mr. Hicks held various leadership roles
with MDS Inc., a provider of products and services for the development of drugs and the diagnosis and treatment of
disease, including Senior Vice President of Human Resources for MDS’ global Pharma Services division from
November 2000 to January 2010.

Mr. Leyden has been our Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since February 2014. He
previously held the positions of Acting General Counsel from November 2013 to February 2014, Deputy General
Counsel from February 2013 to November 2013 and Associate General Counsel from December 2004 to February
2013. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Leyden served as general counsel of InfraSource Services, Inc., a utility
infrastructure construction company, from April 2004 to December 2004. From February 2002 to April 2004, he
served as Associate General Counsel of Aramark Corporation, a provider of food, facility and uniform services.

Mr. Wijker has been our Corporate Vice President, QA/RA since January 2019. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr.
Wijker served as Global Vice President Quality and Regulatory for Mölnlycke Health Care AB, a medical device
company, from May 2016 to December 2018. From April 2014 to January 2016, Mr. Wijker served as Senior
Director Global Regulatory Affairs for Boston Scientific Corporation, a medical device company. From January 2012
to March 2014, he held the position of Director Quality and Regulatory Affairs International for the American Medical
Systems division of Endo International plc, a pharmaceutical company. From September 2003 to December 2011,
Mr. Wijker held various regulatory affairs and quality assurance positions with Life Technologies Corporation, a life
sciences and in vitro diagnostics company.

Mr. Winters has been our Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain since February 2020. He
previously held the position of Global Head of Manufacturing from March 2018 to January 2020. Prior to joining
Teleflex, Mr. Winters held various senior management and operational roles with the DePuy Synthes division of
Johnson & Johnson, a healthcare company, from August 2005 to February 2018. Most recently, Mr. Winters served
as Vice President Global Manufacturing, Joint Reconstruction for DePuy Synthes from February 2015 to February
2018.

Our officers are elected annually by our board of directors. Each officer serves at the discretion of the board.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider
the following factors which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations, cash flows or stock price. The risks below are not
the only risks we face. Additional risks and
uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations or stock price.

We face strong competition. Our failure to successfully develop and market new products could

adversely affect our business.

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many domestic and foreign medical device
companies ranging from small start-up enterprises that might sell only a single or limited number of competitive

12

products or compete only in a specific market segment, to companies that are larger and more established than us,
have a broad range of competitive products, participate in numerous markets and have access to significantly
greater financial and marketing resources than we do.

In addition, the medical device industry is characterized by extensive product research and development and
rapid technological advances. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to design and
manufacture new competitive products and enhance existing products. Our product development efforts may
require us to make substantial investments. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop
new products, enhance existing products or achieve market acceptance of our products, due to, among other
things, our inability to:

•

•

•

•

•

identify viable new products;

maintain sufficient liquidity to fund our investments in research and development and product acquisitions;

obtain adequate intellectual property protection;

gain market acceptance of new products; or

successfully obtain regulatory approvals.

In addition, our competitors currently may be developing, or may develop in the future, products that provide
better features, clinical outcomes or economic value than those that we currently offer or subsequently develop. Our
failure to successfully develop and market new products or enhance existing products could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our customers depend on third party coverage and reimbursements, and the failure of healthcare
programs to provide sufficient coverage and reimbursement for our medical products could adversely
affect us.

third party payors.

The ability of our customers to obtain coverage and reimbursement for our products is important to our
business. Demand for many of our existing and new medical products is, and will continue to be, affected by the
extent to which government healthcare programs and private health insurers reimburse our customers for patients’
medical expenses in the countries where we do business. Even when we develop or acquire a promising new
is obtained from private and
product, demand for the product may be limited unless reimbursement approval
In some
government
countries, medical centers are constrained by fixed budgets, regardless of the volume and nature of patient
treatment. Other countries require application for, and approval of, government or third party reimbursement.
Without both favorable coverage determinations by, and the financial support of, government and third party
insurers, the market for many of our medical products would be adversely affected. In this regard, we cannot be
sure that third party payors will maintain the current level of coverage and reimbursement to our customers for use
of our existing products. Adverse coverage determinations, including reductions in the amount of reimbursement,
could harm our business by discouraging customers’ selection of, and reducing the prices they are willing to pay for,
our products.

Internationally, healthcare reimbursement systems vary significantly.

In addition, as a result of their purchasing power, third party payors have implemented and are continuing to
implement cost cutting measures such as seeking discounts, price reductions or other incentives from medical
technologies and
products suppliers and imposing limitations on coverage and reimbursement
procedures. These trends could compel us to reduce prices for our products and could cause a decrease in the size
of the market or a potential increase in competition that could negatively affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations.

for medical

We are subject to extensive government regulation, which may require us to incur significant expenses
to ensure compliance. Our failure to comply with those regulations could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our products are medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. by the FDA and by
comparable government agencies in other countries. The regulations govern, among other things, the development,
design, clinical testing, premarket clearance and approval, manufacturing, labeling, importing and exporting and
sale and marketing of many of our products. Moreover, these regulations are subject to future change.

13

In the U.S., before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, or significant modification
to, an existing product, we generally must first receive either 510(k) clearance or de novo authorization or approval
of a premarket approval application, or PMA, from the FDA. Similarly, most major markets for medical devices
outside the U.S. also require clearance, approval or compliance with certain standards before a product can be
commercially marketed. In the EU, the EU MDR will, when it enters into full force in May 2020,
include significant
additional pre- and post-market requirements. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances and approvals to
market a medical device, particularly from the FDA and certain foreign government authorities, can be costly and
time consuming, and clearances and approvals might not be granted for new products on a timely basis, if at all. In
addition, once a device has been cleared or approved, a new clearance or approval may be required before the
device may be modified or its labeling changed. Furthermore, the FDA or a foreign government authority may make
its review and clearance or approval process more rigorous, which could require us to generate additional clinical or
other data, and expend more time and effort, in obtaining future product clearances or approvals. The regulatory
clearance and approval process may result in, among other things, delayed realization of product revenues,
substantial additional costs or limitations on indicated uses of products, any one of which could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Even after a product has received marketing
approval or clearance, such product approval or clearance can be withdrawn or limited due to unforeseen problems
with the device or issues relating to its application.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could lead to adverse effects on our business, which could

include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

partial suspension or total shutdown of manufacturing;

product shortages;

delays in product manufacturing;

warning or untitled letters;

fines or civil penalties;

delays in or restrictions on obtaining new regulatory clearances or approvals;

withdrawal or suspension of required clearances, approvals or licenses;

product seizures or recalls;

injunctions;

criminal prosecution;

advisories or other field actions;

operating restrictions; and

•

prohibitions against exporting of products to, or importing products from, countries outside the U.S.
We could be required to expend significant financial and human resources to remediate failures to comply with
applicable regulations and quality assurance guidelines. In addition, civil and criminal penalties, including exclusion
under Medicaid or Medicare, could result from certain regulatory violations. Any one or more of these events could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Medical devices are cleared or approved for one or more specific intended uses and performance claims must
be adequately substantiated. Promoting a device for a use outside of the cleared or approved intended use or
population,
in
government enforcement action.

is, an off-label use, or making false, misleading or unsubstantiated claims could result

that

testing and documentation procedures, as well as complaint evaluations and investigation.

Furthermore, our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and other federal, state and foreign
government authorities, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including
the FDA’s Quality System Regulation ("QSR"), which requires, among other things, periodic audits, design controls,
quality control
In
addition, any facilities assembling kits that include drug components and are registered as drug repackaging
establishments are also subject to current good manufacturing practices requirements for drugs. The FDA also
requires the reporting of certain adverse events and product malfunctions and requires the reporting of certain
recalls or other field safety corrective actions for medical devices. Issues identified through such inspections and
reports may result in FDA enforcement action through any of the actions discussed above. Moreover, issues
identified through such inspections and reports may require significant resources to resolve.

14

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws, regulation and enforcement; our failure to comply

with those laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the
governments of those states and foreign countries in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our
ability to operate include:

•

•

•

•

the federal healthcare anti-kickback statute, which, among other things, prohibits persons from knowingly and 
willfully offering or paying remuneration, one purpose of which is to induce either the referral of an individual 
for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under 
federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, or soliciting payment for such referrals, 
purchases, orders and recommendations;

federal false claims laws which, among other things, prohibit individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, 
or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment from the federal government, including 
Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors;

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which prohibits schemes to 
defraud any healthcare benefit program and false statements relating to healthcare matters; and

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may 
apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other government regulations, we may
be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our
operations,
the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment of
personnel, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk
of our being found to have violated these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully
interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.

Further, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “Affordable Care Act”), imposed annual reporting and disclosure requirements on
device manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. Effective
January 2022, we will also be required to collect and report information on payments or transfers of value to
physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists and
certified nurse-midwives. The reported information is made publicly available in a searchable format. In addition,
device manufacturers are required to report and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their
immediate family members during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in
civil monetary penalties for each payment, transfer of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an
annual submission, up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1  million per year for
“knowing failures”).

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to
healthcare providers. Some states, such as California, Connecticut, Nevada and Massachusetts, mandate
implementation of compliance programs that include the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation for consulting
and other services, and other
remuneration to healthcare providers. The shifting commercial compliance
environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with the different
compliance and/or reporting requirements among a number of jurisdictions increases the possibility that we may
inadvertently violate one or more of the requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely
impact our results of operations.

We may not be successful in achieving expected operating efficiencies and sustaining or improving
operating expense reductions, and may experience business disruptions associated with restructuring,
facility consolidations, realignment, cost reduction and other strategic initiatives.

Over the past several years we have implemented a number of restructuring, realignment and cost reduction
initiatives, including facility consolidations, organizational realignments and reductions in our workforce, and we may
engage in similar efforts in the future. While we have realized some efficiencies from these initiatives, we may not
realize the benefits of these or future initiatives to the extent we anticipated. Further, such benefits may be realized
later than expected, and the ongoing difficulties in implementing these measures may be greater than anticipated,
which could cause us to incur additional costs or result in business disruptions. In addition, if these measures are
not successful or sustainable, we may be compelled to undertake additional restructuring, realignment and cost

15

reduction efforts, which could result in significant additional charges. Moreover, if our restructuring, realignment and
cost reduction efforts prove ineffective, our ability to achieve our strategic and business plan goals may be
adversely affected.

In addition, as part of our efforts to increase operating efficiencies, we have implemented a number of initiatives
over the past several years to consolidate our enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. Most recently, we
upgraded the ERP system used by our EMEA segment to our global ERP system in 2019. To date, we have not
experienced any significant disruptions to our business or operations in connection with these initiatives. However,
as we continue our efforts to further consolidate our ERP systems, we could experience business disruptions, which
could adversely affect customer relationships and divert the attention of management away from daily operations. In
addition, any delays in the implementation of these initiatives could cause us to incur additional unexpected costs.
Should we experience such difficulties, our business, cash flows and results of operations could be adversely
affected.

Disruptions in sterilization of our products or regulatory initiatives further restricting the use of
ethylene oxide in sterilization facilities could adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition.

Many of our products require sterilization prior to sale. A common method for sterilizing medical products
involves the use of ethylene oxide, which is listed as a hazardous air pollutant under the Clean Air Act, as amended,
and emissions of which are regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and other regulatory authorities.
One of our contract sterilizers, Sterigenics U.S., LLC, uses ethylene oxide in its sterilization process, including at its
facility in Smyrna, Cobb County, Georgia, which has sterilized some of our surgical, intermittent catheter and OEM
products. During the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2019, operations at the Smyrna facility were
suspended by state and local officials due to issues associated with the facility's use of ethylene oxide in its
sterilization operations. During the suspension, our ability to provide affected products to our customers was
impaired. While we have secured alternate sterilization facilities for the affected product, based on currently
available information, we believe that the disruption in the supply of our product will adversely affect our 2020
revenues by $5 million to $7 million. Our 2020 revenues may be further adversely affected if we experience any
significant difficulties or delays in accessing the sterilization capacity at the alternate facilities.

In addition, on October 10, 2019, the attorneys general of 15 states and the District of Columbia sent a letter to
the EPA urging that the EPA promptly propose and finalize stricter standards for ethylene oxide emissions. Among
other things, the attorneys general stated that the current EPA standard for ethylene oxide fails to adequately
protect workers and communities, and that the use of ethylene oxide, particularly in the medical device sterilization
industry, must be reduced. We are unable to predict the manner in which the EPA will respond to the letter. Any
additional regulatory restrictions on the emission of ethylene oxide by sterilization facilities might impair our ability to
provide sufficient quantities of sterilized products to our customers and compel us to seek sterilization alternatives
that do not entail the use of ethylene oxide. We cannot assure that we would be able to identify such alternatives.

In the event we were to experience any further disruptions in our ability to sterilize our products, whether due to
capacity constraints or regulatory or other impediments (including, among other things, regulatory initiatives directed
generally to sterilization facilities that utilize ethylene oxide), or we are unable to transition to alternative facilities in a
timely or cost effective manner, we could experience a material adverse impact with respect to our results of
operations and financial condition.

A significant portion of our U.S. revenues is derived from sales to distributors, and “destocking”

activity by these distributors can adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenues in the U.S. is derived from sales to distributors, which, in turn, sell our
products to hospitals and other health care institutions. From time to time, these distributors may decide to reduce
their levels of inventory with regard to certain of our products, a practice we refer to as “destocking.” A distributor's
decision to reduce inventory levels with respect to our products may be based on a number of factors, such as
distributor expectations regarding demand for a particular product, distributor buying decisions (including decisions
to purchase competing products), changes in distributor policies regarding the maintenance of inventory levels,
economic conditions and other factors. For example, during the third quarter of 2016, we experienced a decline in
purchases by our U.S. distributors that adversely affected our revenues and results of operations. We believe the
reduction resulted from the distributors' expectations of a less severe 2016-2017 flu season, which resulted in
reduced levels of purchasing with respect to certain of our products that are used for treatment of hospitalized
patients suffering from the flu. Following such instances of reduced purchases, distributors may revert to previous

16

purchasing levels; nevertheless, we cannot assure that distributors will, in fact, increase purchases of our products
in this manner. A decline in the level of product purchases by our U.S. distributors in the future could have a
material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations during a reporting period, and an extended
decline in such product purchases could have a longer term material adverse effect.

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability and warranty claims, as well as
product recalls, any of which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Furthermore, our reputation as a medical device company may be damaged if one or more of our products
are, or are alleged to be, defective.

Our businesses expose us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture and
marketing of our products. In particular, our medical device products are often used in surgical and intensive care
settings for procedures involving seriously ill patients. In addition, many of our products are designed to be
implanted in the human body for varying periods of time. Product defects or inadequate disclosure of product-
related risks with respect to products we manufacture or sell could result in patient injury or death. Product liability
and warranty claims often involve very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive damages. The magnitude
losses from product liability lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time, and the
of potential
related legal defense costs may be significant. We could experience material warranty or product liability losses in
the future and incur significant costs to defend these claims.

In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may voluntarily conduct, or be required
by regulatory authorities to conduct, a recall of that product. In the event of a recall, we may lose sales and be
exposed to individual or class-action litigation claims. Moreover, negative publicity regarding a quality or safety
issue, whether accurate or inaccurate, could harm our reputation, decrease demand for our products, lead to
product withdrawals or impair our ability to successfully launch and market our products in the future. Product
liability, warranty and recall costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.

The ongoing volatility in the domestic and global financial markets, combined with a continuation of
constrained global credit markets, could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and
liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions. The
economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets that occurred several years ago led to recessionary conditions
and depressed levels of consumer and commercial spending, resulting in reductions, delays or cancellations of
purchases of our products and services. Despite improvements in recent years, particularly in the U.S., economic
conditions continue to cause disruption in some financial markets, resulting in, among other things, diminished
liquidity and credit availability. We cannot predict the duration or extent of any economic recovery or the extent to
which our customers will return to more typical spending behaviors. The continuation in a number of markets of
weak economic growth, constricted credit, public sector austerity measures in response to public budget deficits and
foreign currency volatility, particularly with respect to the euro, could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to cover the estimated losses which may occur when
customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot assure that the loss rate will not increase in the future
given the volatility in the worldwide economy. If our allowance for doubtful accounts is insufficient to address
receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which could
materially adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could
adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

In addition, adverse economic and financial market conditions may result in future impairment charges with
respect to our goodwill and other intangible assets, which would not directly affect our liquidity but could have a
material adverse effect on our reported financial results.

Our strategic initiatives, including acquisitions, may not produce the intended growth in revenue and

operating income, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Our strategic initiatives include making significant investments designed to achieve revenue growth and to
enable us to meet or exceed margin improvement targets. If we do not achieve the expected benefits from these
investments or otherwise fail to execute on our strategic initiatives, we may not achieve the growth improvement we
are targeting and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

17

In addition, as part of our strategy for growth, we have made, and may continue to make, acquisitions and
divestitures and enter into strategic alliances such as joint ventures and joint development agreements. However,
we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions or integrate acquisitions
successfully, and our joint ventures or strategic alliances may not prove to be successful. In this regard, acquisitions
involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the integration of acquired operations, technologies, services and
products and the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. Moreover, the products and
technologies that we acquire may not be successful or may require us to devote significantly greater development,
marketing and other resources, as well as significantly greater investments, than we anticipated. We could also
experience negative effects on our results of operations and financial condition from acquisition-related charges,
amortization of intangible assets, asset impairment charges and other matters that could arise in connection with
the acquisition of a company or business, including matters related to internal control over financial reporting and
regulatory compliance, as well as the short-term effects of increased costs on results of operations.  Although our
management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular transaction, there can be no assurance
that we will identify all such risks or the magnitude of the risks. In addition, prior acquisitions have resulted, and
future acquisitions could result, in the incurrence of substantial additional indebtedness and expenditures. Future
acquisitions may also result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities. There can be no assurance that
difficulties encountered in connection with acquisitions will not have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with certain of our completed acquisitions, we have agreed to pay consideration that is contingent
upon the achievement of specified objectives, such as receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product
or achievement of sales targets. As of the acquisition date, we record a contingent liability representing the
estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay. On a quarterly basis, we reassess these
obligations and, in the event our estimate of the fair value of the contingent consideration changes, we record
increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to operating earnings, which could have a material impact
on our results of operations. As of December 31, 2019, we accrued $219.9 million of contingent consideration, most
of which related to our acquisition of NeoTract.
In addition, actual payments may differ materially from the amount
of the contingent liability , which could have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
For information regarding assumptions related to our contingent consideration liabilities, see “Critical Accounting
Policies and Estimates” under Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For additional information regarding our acquisitions, see
Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Health care reform may have a material adverse effect on our industry and our business.

Political, economic and regulatory developments have effected fundamental changes in the healthcare industry.
The Affordable Care Act substantially changed the way health care is financed by both government and private
insurers. It also encourages improvements in the quality of health care products and services and significantly
impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Among other things, the Affordable Care Act:

•

•

•

established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct 
comparative clinical effectiveness research;

implemented payment system reforms, including a national pilot program to encourage hospitals, physicians 
and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain health care services through 
bundled payment models; and

created an independent payment advisory board that will submit recommendations to reduce Medicare 
spending if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

We cannot predict at this time the full impact of the Affordable Care Act or other healthcare reform measures
In this regard,
that may be adopted in the future on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
several legislative initiatives to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act were proposed, but not adopted in 2017.
However, U.S. tax legislation adopted in December 2017 and commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
("TCJA") eliminated the individual mandate under the Affordable Care Act, which has resulted in increased
uncertainty regarding insurance premium prices for participants in insurance exchanges under the act, and may
have other effects. Moreover, on December 14, 2018, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas ruled
that the individual mandate provision of the Affordable Care Act is unconstitutional and the remainder of the act is
invalid, although the Court stayed its ruling pending appeal. The nature and effect of any modification or repeal of,
or legislative substitution for, the Affordable Care Act, or any court decision regarding the act's validity, is uncertain,

18

and we cannot predict the effect that any of these events would have on the longer-term viability of the act, or on
our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.

We have significant manufacturing and distribution facilities, research and development

facilities, sales
personnel and customer support operations in a number of countries outside the U.S., including Belgium, the Czech
Republic, Germany, Ireland, Malaysia and Mexico. In addition, a significant portion of our non-U.S. revenues are
derived from sales to third party distributors. As of December  31, 2019, 73% of our full-time and temporary
employees were employed in countries outside of the U.S., and approximately 45% of our net property, plant and
equipment was located outside the U.S. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 38%,
41% and 42%, respectively, of our net revenues (based on the Teleflex entity generating the sale) were derived from
operations outside the U.S.

Our international operations are subject to risks inherent in doing business outside the U.S., including:

exchange controls, currency restrictions and fluctuations in currency values;

trade protection measures, tariffs and other duties, especially in light of trade disputes between the U.S. and
several foreign countries, including China;
potentially costly and burdensome import or export requirements;

laws and business practices that favor local companies;

changes in foreign medical reimbursement policies and procedures;

subsidies or increased access to capital for firms that currently are or may emerge as competitors in countries 
in which we have operations;

substantial non-U.S. tax liabilities, including potentially negative consequences resulting from changes in tax 
laws;

restrictions and taxes related to the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings;

differing labor regulations;

additional U.S. and foreign government controls or regulations;
the impact of the United Kingdom's departure from the European Union, commonly referred to as "Brexit";

public health epidemics;

difficulties in the protection of intellectual property; and

unsettled political and economic conditions and possible terrorist attacks against American interests.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•
•

•

•

•

In addition, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) prohibits companies and their intermediaries
from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Similar anti-
bribery laws are in effect in several foreign jurisdictions. The FCPA also imposes accounting standards and
requirements on publicly traded U.S.  corporations and their foreign affiliates, which, among other things, are
intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments to
government officials, and to prevent the establishment of “off the books” slush funds from which such improper
payments can be made. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored health care systems around the
world, many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are with government entities and are therefore subject
to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. However, we operate in
many parts of the world that have experienced government corruption to some degree.    Despite meaningful
measures that we undertake to facilitate lawful conduct, which include training and compliance programs and
internal control policies and procedures, we may not always prevent reckless or criminal acts by our employees,
distributors or other agents. In addition, we may be exposed to liability due to pre-acquisition conduct of employees,
distributors or other agents of businesses or operations we acquire. Violations of anti-bribery laws, or allegations of
such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction and have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We also could be subject to
severe penalties and other adverse consequences, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, substantial
expenditures related to further enhancements to our procedures, policies and controls, personnel changes and
other remedial actions, as well as harm to our reputation.

19

Furthermore, we are subject to the export controls and economic embargo rules and regulations of the U.S.,
including the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions against embargoed countries, which are
administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as other laws
and regulations administered by the Department of Commerce. These regulations limit our ability to market, sell,
distribute or otherwise transfer our products or technology to prohibited countries or persons. While we train our
employees and contractually obligate our distributors to comply with these regulations, we cannot assure that a
violation will not occur, whether knowingly or inadvertently. Failure to comply with these rules and regulations may
result in substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines and the disgorgement of profits, the imposition of a
court-appointed monitor, the denial of export privileges and debarment from participation in U.S.  government
contracts, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on our business,
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by public health epidemics,

including the novel coronavirus reported to have originated in Wuhan, China.

Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected if a public health epidemic,
including the novel coronavirus (referred to as COVID-19) reported to have originated in Wuhan, China, interferes
with our ability, or that of our employees, contractors, suppliers, customers and other business partners to perform
our and their respective responsibilities and obligations relative to the conduct of our business. A public health
epidemic, including the coronavirus, poses the risk that we or our employees, contractors, suppliers, customers and
other business partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an indefinite period of time,
including due to shutdowns that may be requested or mandated by governmental authorities. We face similar risks
if a public health epidemic,
including the coronavirus, affects other geographic areas where our employees,
contractors, suppliers, customers and other business partners are located.

Foreign currency exchange rate, commodity price and interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect

our results.

We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange
rates, commodity prices and interest rates. Products manufactured in, and sold into, foreign markets represent a
significant portion of our operations. Our consolidated financial statements reflect translation of financial statements
denominated in non-U.S.  currencies to U.S.  dollars, our reporting currency, as well as the foreign currency
exchange gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of assets and liabilities and from transactions
denominated in currencies other than the primary currency of the country in which the entity operates, which we
refer to as "non-functional currencies." A strengthening or weakening of the U.S.  dollar in relation to the foreign
currencies of
the countries in which we sell or manufacture our products, such as the euro, will affect our
U.S.  dollar-reported revenue and income. Although we have entered into forward contracts with several major
financial institutions to hedge a portion of our monetary assets and liabilities and projected cash flows denominated
in non-functional currencies in order to reduce the effects of currency rate fluctuations, changes in the relative
values of currencies may, in some instances, have a significant effect on our results of operations.

Many of our products have significant plastic resin content. We also use quantities of other commodities, such
as aluminum and steel. Increases in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of our products and
services. We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers, particularly with respect to those products
we sell under group purchase agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations
and cash flows.

Increases in interest rates may adversely affect the financial health of our customers and suppliers, thereby
adversely affecting their ability to buy our products and supply the components or raw materials we need.
In
addition, our borrowing costs have been adversely affected by recent interest rate increases, and could be further
affected if interest rates continue to increase. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Under our cross-currency swap agreements, a meaningful decline in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange 

rate could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows.

In 2018 and 2019, we entered into cross-currency swap agreements with several financial

institutions to
hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. The swap agreements require an
exchange of the notional amounts between us and the counterparties upon expiration or earlier termination of the

20

agreements.
If, at the expiration or earlier termination of the swap agreements, the U.S. dollar to euro exchange
rate has declined from the rate in effect on the execution date, we are required to pay the counterparties an amount
equal to the excess of the U.S. dollar value over the euro principal amount (we and the counterparties have agreed
to a net settlement with regard to the exchange of the notional amounts at the date of expiration or earlier
In the event of a significant decline in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate, our
termination of the agreements).
payment obligations to the counterparties could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows.
In this regard, if,
at the expiration or earlier termination of our swap agreements, the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate has declined
by 10% from the rate in effect at the inception of our agreements, we would be required to pay approximately $75
million to the counterparties in respect of the notional settlement. To the extent we enter into additional cross-
currency swap agreements, a decline in the relevant exchange rates could further adversely affect our cash flows.

Fluctuations in our effective tax rate and changes to tax laws may adversely affect us.

As a global company, we are subject to taxation in numerous countries, states and other jurisdictions. Our
effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various countries, states and other
jurisdictions in which we operate. In preparing our financial statements, we estimate the amount of tax that will
become payable in each of these jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate may, however, differ from the estimated amount
due to numerous factors, including a change in the mix of our profitability from country to country and changes in tax
laws (including the impact of the enactment of the TCJA). Any of these factors could cause us to experience an
effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or our current expectations, which could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

An interruption in our manufacturing or distribution operations or our supply of raw materials may

adversely affect our business.

Many of our key products are manufactured at or distributed from single locations, and the availability of
alternate facilities is limited. If operations at one or more of our facilities is suspended due to natural disasters or
other events, we may not be able to timely manufacture or distribute one or more of our products at previous levels
or at all. Furthermore, our ability to establish replacement facilities or to substitute suppliers may be delayed due to
regulations and requirements of the FDA and other regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products.
In addition, in the event of delays or cancellations in shipments of raw materials by our suppliers, we may not be
able to timely manufacture or supply the affected products at previous levels or at all. The manufacture of our
products is highly exacting and complex, due in part
regulatory requirements. Problems in the
to strict
failure to follow specific protocols and procedures,
including equipment malfunction,
manufacturing process,
defective raw materials and environmental factors, could lead to delays in product releases, product shortages,
unanticipated costs, lost revenues and damage to our reputation. A failure to identify and address manufacturing
problems prior to the release of products to our customers may also result in quality or safety issues.  A reduction or
interruption in manufacturing or distribution, or our inability to secure suitable alternative sources of raw materials or
components, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and
cash flows.

Our ability to attract, train, develop and retain key employees is important to our success.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain key personnel, including our executive officers
and other members of our senior management team. Our success also depends, in part, on our ability to attract,
train, develop and retain other key employees,
including research and development, sales, marketing and
operations personnel. We may experience difficulties in retaining executives and other employees due to many
factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the intense competition for skilled personnel in our industry;

fluctuations in global economic and industry conditions;

changes in our organizational structure;

our restructuring initiatives;

competitors’ hiring practices; and

the effectiveness of our compensation programs.

Our inability to attract, train, develop and retain such personnel could have an adverse effect on our business,

results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

21

Our failure to maintain strong relationships with physicians and other health care professionals could

adversely affect us.

We depend on our ability to maintain strong working relationships with physicians and other healthcare
professionals in connection with research and development
for some of our products. We rely on these
professionals to provide us with considerable knowledge and advice regarding the development and use of these
products. Physicians assist us as researchers, product consultants, inventors and public speakers. If we fail to
maintain our working relationships with physicians and, as a result, no longer have the benefit of their knowledge
and advice, our products may not be developed in a manner that is responsive to the needs and expectations of the
professionals who use and support our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our technology is important to our success, and our failure to protect our intellectual property rights

could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We rely on the patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of the U.S. and other countries to protect our
proprietary rights. Although we own numerous U.S.  and foreign patents and have submitted numerous patent
applications, we cannot be assured that any pending patent applications will issue, or that any patents, issued or
pending, will provide us with any competitive advantage or will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by
third parties. In addition, we rely on confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees and take other
measures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use
of our technology by competitors or other persons who may copy or otherwise obtain and use these products or
technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent
as in the U.S. We cannot assure that current and former employees, contractors and other parties will not breach
their confidentiality agreements with us, misappropriate proprietary information, copy or otherwise obtain and use
our information and proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property
rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology could adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows. Moreover, there can be no assurance that others will not independently
develop know-how and trade secrets comparable to ours or develop better technology than our own, which could
reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed.

Our products or processes may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us

to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from selling our products.

We cannot be certain that our products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other intellectual property
rights of third parties. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business,
including claims of alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties. Any such claims, whether
or not meritorious, could result in litigation and divert the efforts of our personnel. If we are found liable for
infringement, we may be compelled to enter into licensing agreements (which may not be available on acceptable
terms or at all) or to pay damages or cease making or selling certain products. We may need to redesign some of
our products or processes to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the foregoing events could be detrimental to
our business.

Other pending and future litigation may involve significant costs and adversely affect our business.

We are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business involving, among other
things, contracts, intellectual property, import and export regulations, and employment and environmental matters.
The defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, and may involve significant legal expenses.
In addition, we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements, or become subject to injunctions or other
equitable remedies, that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
While we do not believe that any litigation in which we are currently engaged would have such an adverse effect,
the outcome of litigation, including regulatory matters, is often difficult to predict, and we cannot assure that the
outcome of pending or future litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.

22

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of

operations.

As of December 31, 2019, we had total consolidated indebtedness of $1.9 billion.

Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to

satisfy our debt obligations. It could also have significant effects on our business. For example, it could:

•

•

•

•

•

•

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, 
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, research and development 
efforts and other general corporate expenditures;

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for general corporate purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

restrict us from pursuing business opportunities; and

place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an

amount sufficient to pay our indebtedness when due or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to:

•

•

•

•

refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness;

sell assets;

reduce or delay capital expenditures; or

seek to raise additional capital.

We may not be able to effect any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to
refinance our indebtedness will depend on our financial condition at the time, the restrictions in the instruments
governing our outstanding indebtedness and other factors, including market conditions.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure
our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Our debt agreements impose restrictions on our business, which could prevent us from pursuing
business opportunities and taking other desirable corporate actions, and may adversely affect our ability to
respond to changes in our business and manage our operations.

Our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing our 4.875% senior notes due 2026 (the "2026
Notes") and our 4.625% senior notes due 2027 (the "2027 Notes" and, together with the 2026 Notes, the "Senior
Notes") contain covenants that, among other things, impose significant restrictions on our business. The restrictions
that these covenants place on us and our restricted subsidiaries collectively include limitations on our and their
ability to, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock or otherwise disqualified stock;

create liens;

pay dividends, make investments or make other restricted payments;

sell assets;

merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

enter into transactions with our affiliates.

In addition, our senior credit agreement also contains financial covenants,

including covenants requiring
maintenance of a consolidated leverage ratio, a secured leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio,
calculated in accordance with the terms of the senior credit agreement. A breach of any covenants under any one or
more of our debt agreements could result in a default, which if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration

23

of all of our debt. In addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter
into certain types of transactions.

We may issue additional shares of our common stock or instruments convertible into our common

stock, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock or other instruments convertible into
our common stock. As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding approximately 46.0 million shares of our common
stock, options to purchase 1.3 million shares of our common stock (of which approximately 1.0 million were vested
as of that date), restricted stock units covering 0.2 million shares of our common stock (which are expected to vest
over the next three years), performance stock units covering a maximum of 46,660 shares of our common stock
(which may vest in early 2021, depending on our performance with regard to specified financial measures and
market performance of our common stock compared to designated public companies) and 1,767 shares of our
common stock to be distributed from our deferred compensation plan. As of December 31, 2019, 3.4 million shares
of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options. We cannot predict the size of
future issuances or the effect, if any, that they may have on the market price for our common stock.

If we issue additional shares of our common stock or instruments convertible into our common stock, such
issuances may materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Furthermore, our issuance of shares
upon the exercise of some or all of the outstanding stock options, as well as the vesting of restricted stock units and
some or all of the performance stock units will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders, and the
subsequent sale in the public market of such shares of our common stock could adversely affect prevailing market
prices of our common stock.

Disruption of critical information systems or material breaches in the security of our systems may

adversely affect our business and customer relationships.

to customers,

fulfill contractual obligations and otherwise perform business functions. Our

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information in our day-to-
day operations. We also rely on our technology infrastructure, among other functions, to enable us to interact with
customers and suppliers, fulfill orders, generate invoices, collect and make payments, ship products, provide
support
internal
information technology systems, as well as those systems maintained by third-party providers, may be subjected to
computer viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorized access attempts, and cyber-attacks, any of which could
result in data leaks or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations.
Cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and in some cases have caused significant harm.
Although we have taken numerous measures to protect our information systems and enhance data security, we
cannot assure that these measures will prevent security breaches that could have a significant impact on our
business, reputation and financial results. If we fail to monitor, maintain or protect our information technology
systems and data integrity effectively or fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to these
systems, we could, among other things, lose customers, have difficulty preventing fraud, have disputes with
customers, physicians and other health care professionals, be subject to regulatory sanctions or penalties, incur
expenses, lose revenues or suffer other adverse consequences.  Any of these events could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Regulations related to conflict minerals have caused us to incur additional costs and may adversely

affect our business.

In 2012, the SEC promulgated rules under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as "conflict minerals," included in
components of products either manufactured by public companies or for which public companies have contracted to
manufacture. These rules require that we undertake due diligence efforts to determine whether such minerals
originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the “DRC”) or an adjoining country and, if so, whether such
minerals helped finance armed conflict
In accordance with applicable
regulations, we have filed conflict minerals reports annually, beginning in 2014. As discussed in these reports, we
have determined that certain of our products contain the specified minerals, and we have undertaken, and continue
to undertake, efforts to identify where such minerals originated.  We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur,
costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the
sources of the specified minerals used in our products. These rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and
pricing of materials used in our products. Our customers may require that our products be free of conflict minerals,
and our revenues and margins may be adversely affected if we are unable to provide assurances to our customers

in the DRC or an adjoining country.

24

that our products are “DRC conflict free” (generally, the product does not contain conflict minerals originating in the
DRC or an adjoining country that directly or indirectly finance or benefit specified armed groups) due to, among
other things, our inability to procure conflict free minerals at a reasonable price, or at all. Moreover, we may be
adversely affected if we are unable to pass through any increased costs associated with meeting customer
demands that we provide products that are DRC conflict free.  We also may face reputational challenges if our due
diligence efforts do not enable us to verify the origins of all conflict minerals or to determine that any conflict
minerals used in products we manufacture or in products manufactured by others for us are DRC conflict-free.

Our operations expose us to the risk of material environmental and health and safety liabilities.

We are subject to numerous foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection and health and safety

laws governing, among other things:

•

•

•

the generation, storage, use and transportation of hazardous materials;

emissions or discharges of substances into the environment; and

the health and safety of our employees.

These laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over
time. We cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection and
health and safety laws, or our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous
substances, which may include claims for personal
injury or cleanup, will not exceed our estimates or will not
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our workforce covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements could cause interruptions in

our provision of products and services.

As of December  31, 2019, approximately 13% of our employees in the U.S. and in other countries were
covered by union contracts or collective bargaining arrangements. It is likely that a portion of our workforce will
remain covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements for the foreseeable future. Strikes or work
stoppages could occur that would adversely impact our relationships with our customers and our ability to conduct
our business.

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only as our board of directors may declare out of
funds legally available for such payments. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our
common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our
financial condition, earnings, requirements under covenants in our debt instruments, legal requirements and other
factors as our board of directors deems relevant. We cannot assure that our cash dividend will not be reduced, or
eliminated, in the future.

Certain provisions of our corporate governing documents, Delaware law and our senior notes could

discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could impede a merger, takeover or other business
combination involving us or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock. For
example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the number of shares in a
series, the consideration, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, terms of redemption, conversion or exchange
rights and voting rights, if any, of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders.
Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that
could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. We are also subject to Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which imposes restrictions on mergers and other business combinations
between us and any holder of 15% or more of our common stock. These provisions could have the effect of
delaying or deterring a third party from acquiring us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our
stockholders, and accordingly could reduce the market price of our common stock.

Certain provisions in the indentures governing the Senior Notes could make it more difficult or more expensive
for a third party to acquire us. If an acquisition event constitutes a “change of control,” as defined in the indentures
governing the Senior Notes, holders of such notes will have the right to require us to purchase their notes in cash (in
the case of the 2027 Notes, the right will apply only if the change in control is coupled with a ratings downgrade).

25

Our obligations under the Senior Notes could increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party
from acquiring us or removing incumbent management, and accordingly could cause a reduction in the market price
of our common stock.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES

We own or lease approximately 90 properties consisting of plants, engineering and research centers,
distribution warehouses, offices and other facilities. We believe that the properties are maintained in good operating
condition and are suitable for their intended use. In general, our facilities meet current operating requirements for
the activities currently conducted within the facilities.

Our major facilities (those with 50,000 or greater square feet) at December 31, 2019 are as follows:

Location
Olive Branch, MS
Kamunting, Malaysia
Nuevo Laredo, Mexico
Asheboro, NC
Morrisville, NC
Chihuahua, Mexico
Maple Grove, MN
Zdar Nad Sazauou, Czech Republic
Chihuahua, Mexico
Tecate, Mexico
Hradec Kralove, Czech Republic
Chelmsford, MA
Kulim, Malaysia
Kernen, Germany
Arlington Heights, IL
Wayne, PA
Jaffrey, NH
Kamunting, Malaysia
Pleasanton, CA
Chihuahua, Mexico
Chihuahua, Mexico
Reading, PA
Limerick, Ireland
Mansfield, MA
Bad Liebenzell, Germany

Square
Footage
627,000
286,000
277,000
204,000
162,000
153,000
129,000
108,000
100,000
102,000
92,000
91,000
90,000
86,000
86,000
84,000
81,000
77,000
76,000
68,000
63,000
63,000
59,000
57,000
53,000

Owned or
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased

Operations in each of our business segments are conducted at locations both in and outside of the U.S. Of the
facilities listed above, with the exception of Jaffrey, NH, Mansfield, MA, and Limerick, Ireland, which are used solely
for the OEM segment, our facilities generally serve more than one business segment and are often used for multiple
purposes, such as administrative/sales, manufacturing and warehousing/distribution.

In addition to the properties listed above, we own or lease approximately 750,000 square feet of additional

warehousing, manufacturing and office space in the North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Africa.

26

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These lawsuits and
claims include actions involving product liability and product warranty, intellectual property, contracts, employment
and environmental matters. As of December  31, 2019 and 2018, we accrued liabilities of $0.4 million and $0.6
million respectively, in connection with these matters, representing our best estimate of the cost within the range of
estimated possible loss that will be incurred to resolve these matters. Based on information currently available,
advice of counsel, established reserves and other resources, we do not believe that any such actions are likely to
be, individually or in the aggregate, material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
However, in the event of unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these
matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows. See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

27

PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TFX.” As of February 18,
2020, we had 436 holders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common
stock are beneficial owners whose shares are held by brokers and other financial institutions for the accounts of
beneficial owners.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph provides a comparison of five year cumulative total stockholder returns of Teleflex common
stock, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index. The
annual changes for the five-year period shown on the graph are based on the assumption that $100 had been
invested in Teleflex common stock and each index on December 31, 2014 and that all dividends were reinvested.

Company / Index

Teleflex Incorporated

S&P 500 Index
S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & 

Supply Index

MARKET PERFORMANCE

2014

100

100

100

2015

116

101

106

2016

143

114

113

2017

222

138

148

2018

232

132

169

2019

340

174

219

28

ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Statement of Income Data:

Net revenues

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss 

on extinguishment of debt and taxes

Income from continuing operations

Amounts attributable to common shareholders for 

income from continuing operations

Per Share Data:

Income from continuing operations — basic

Income from continuing operations — diluted

Cash dividends

Balance Sheet Data:

Total assets

Long-term borrowings

Shareholders’ equity

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

2019(1)

2018(1)

2017(1)

2016(1)

2015(1)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

$ 2,595,362

$ 2,448,383

$ 2,146,303

$ 1,868,027

$ 1,809,690

$

$

$

$

$

$

427,254

461,981

461,981

10.00

9.81

$

$

$

$

$

— $

321,704

196,432

196,432

4.30

4.20

1.36

$

$

$

$

$

$

372,279

155,263

155,263

3.45

3.33

1.36

$

$

$

$

$

$

319,453

237,651

237,187

5.47

4.98

1.36

$

$

$

$

$

$

315,891

236,808

235,958

5.68

4.91

1.36

$ 6,309,820

$ 6,277,991

$ 6,181,492

$ 3,891,213

$ 3,871,774

$ 1,858,943

$ 2,072,200

$ 2,162,927

$

850,252

$

641,850

$ 2,979,320

$ 2,539,978

$ 2,430,531

$ 2,137,517

$ 2,009,272

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing 

operations

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing 

operations

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from 

continuing operations

$

$

437,068

$

435,086

$

426,301

$

410,590

$

303,446

(73,481) $ (196,394) $ (1,832,855) $

(56,974) $ (154,848)

$ (418,836) $ (206,433) $ 1,141,259

$ (118,692) $

(85,583)

Supplemental Data:

Free cash flow(2)

$

334,373

$

354,291

$

355,398

$

357,455

$

241,998

Certain financial information is presented on a rounded basis, which may cause minor differences.

(1) Amounts include the impact of businesses acquired and disposed of during the period, commencing on the respective acquisition or
disposition dates. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional
information related to the acquisitions and dispositions for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

(2) Free cash flow is calculated by subtracting capital expenditures from cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations.
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure. This financial measure is used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S., or GAAP, and should not be considered a substitute for net cash
provided by operating activities from continuing operations, the most comparable GAAP financial measure. Management believes that
free cash flow is a useful measure to investors because it facilitates an assessment of funds available to satisfy current and future
obligations, pay dividends and fund acquisitions. We also use this financial measure for internal managerial purposes and to evaluate
period-to-period comparisons. Free cash flow is not a measure of cash available for discretionary expenditures since we have certain
non-discretionary obligations, such as debt service, that are not deducted from the measure. We strongly encourage investors to review
our financial statements and publicly-filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following is a
reconciliation of free cash flow to the most comparable GAAP measure.

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing 

operations

Less: Capital expenditures

Free cash flow

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 437,068

$ 435,086

$ 426,301

$ 410,590

$ 303,446

102,695

80,795

70,903

53,135

61,448

$ 334,373

$ 354,291

$ 355,398

$ 357,455

$ 241,998

29

 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a global provider of medical technology products focused on enhancing clinical benefits, improving
patient and provider safety and reducing total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and
supply single-use medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and
therapeutic procedures in critical care and surgical applications. We market and sell our products worldwide through
a combination of our direct sales force and distributors. Because our products are used in numerous markets and
for a variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure. We are focused on
achieving consistent, sustainable and profitable growth by increasing our market share and improving our operating
efficiencies.

We evaluate our portfolio of products and businesses on an ongoing basis to ensure alignment with our overall
objectives. Based on our evaluation, we may identify opportunities to expand our margins through strategic
divestitures of existing businesses and product lines that do not meet our objectives. In addition, we may seek to
optimize utilization of our facilities through restructuring initiatives designed to further reduce our cost base and
enhance our competitive position. Finally, we may continue to explore opportunities to expand the size of our
business and improve our margins through a combination of acquisitions and distributor to direct sales conversions,
which generally involve our elimination of a distributor from the sales channel, either by acquiring the distributor or
terminating the distributor relationship (in some instances, particularly in Asia,
the conversions involve our
acquisition or termination of a master distributor and the continued sale of our products through sub-distributors).
Our distributor to direct sales conversions are designed to facilitate improved product pricing and more direct
access to the end users of our products within the sales channel.

In February 2019 and May 2018, we initiated restructuring plans primarily involving the relocation of certain
manufacturing operations to existing lower-cost locations and related workforce reductions (the “2019 Footprint
realignment plan" and the "2018 Footprint realignment plan," respectively). The 2019 Footprint realignment and the
2018 Footprint realignment plan are expected to be substantially completed during 2022 and 2024, respectively.
For additional information on both of these plans and a discussion of our other ongoing restructuring programs, see
"Restructuring and impairment charges" under “Results of Operations” below.

Disruption in Sterilization Services

During the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2019, operations at the Smyrna, Cobb County,
Georgia facility of one of our contract sterilizers, Sterigenics U.S., LLC, were suspended by state and local officials
due to issues associated with the facility’s use of ethylene oxide in its sterilization operations. The suspension of
operations at the Smyrna facility resulted in a disruption in supply with respect to some of our surgical, intermittent
catheter and OEM products. We utilized various measures to enable us to continue to provide the affected products
to our customers, including alternate sterilization facilities, provisioning substitute products and instituting targeted
global inventory management procedures. Nevertheless, we estimate the adverse impact from the suspension of
operations at Sterigenics’ Smyrna facility adversely affected our 2019 revenues by approximately $7 million during
the fourth quarter of 2019. While we have secured alternate sterilization facilities for the affected products, based on
currently available information, we believe that the disruption in the supply of our product will adversely affect our
2020 revenues by $5 million to $7 million. Our 2020 revenues may be further adversely affected if we experience
any significant difficulties or delays in accessing the sterilization capacity at the alternate facilities. For additional
information see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A. of this report.

U.S. Tax Legislation

U.S. tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted on December
22, 2017. The legislation significantly changed U.S. tax law by, among other things, reducing the U.S. corporate
income tax rate from a maximum of 35% to 21%; implementing a territorial tax system, generally providing for,
among other things, a dividends received deduction on the foreign source portion of dividends received from a non-
U.S. corporation if specified conditions are met; and imposing a one-time repatriation tax on undistributed post-1986
earnings and profits of non-U.S. subsidiaries, which will be deemed repatriated for purposes of the tax.

On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the
application of U.S. GAAP in situations where a company does not have the necessary information available,
prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income

30

tax effects of the TCJA. SAB 118 states that in these circumstances, if we can determine a reasonable estimate for
the income tax effects, the SEC staff would not object if the company includes in its financial statements the
reasonable estimate it has determined (and the SEC staff also expressed its belief that it would not be appropriate
for a company to exclude a reasonable estimate from its financial statements to the extent a reasonable estimate
has been determined). We included a provisional $107.9 million net tax expense related to the deemed repatriated
earnings and the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2017.

During 2018, due to additional analysis, changes in interpretations and in our assumptions, and the issuance of
additional regulatory guidance, we made a $0.2 million adjustment to the provisional amount for taxes on deemed
repatriated earnings and a $2.1 million adjustment related to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. As
prescribed under SAB 118, these adjustments were identified and recorded as discrete adjustments in the period in
which such changes were made. We completed our accounting for these provisional amounts during 2018 and we
made no further adjustments to them during 2019.

Health Care Reform

In 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (as amended, the "Affordable Care Act") was signed into
law. The legislation is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage and improve the
quality and reduce the costs of healthcare. For medical device companies such as Teleflex, the expansion of
medical insurance coverage should lead to greater utilization of the products we manufacture, but the provisions of
the legislation designed to contain the cost of healthcare could negatively affect pricing of our products and
encourage patient outcome driven results. The overall impact of the Affordable Care Act on our business is yet to be
determined, mainly due to uncertainties around future customer behaviors, which we believe will be affected by
reimbursement factors such as insurance coverage, statistics, patient outcomes and patient satisfaction. Several
legislative initiatives to repeal the Affordable Care Act and adopt a form of replacement legislation were proposed,
but not adopted, in 2017. However, the TCJA eliminated the individual mandate under the Affordable Care Act,
which generally required most Americans to maintain a minimum level of health insurance coverage. As a result, the
level of insurance premium prices for participants in insurance exchanges under the Affordable Care Act is subject
to increased uncertainty. Moreover, on December 14, 2018, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas
ruled that the individual mandate provision of the Affordable Care Act is unconstitutional and the remainder of the
act is invalid, although the Court stayed its ruling pending appeal. The nature and effect of any modification or
repeal of, or legislative substitution for, the Affordable Care Act, any court decision regarding the act's validity and,
generally, the longer-term viability of the act, is uncertain.

Global Economic Conditions

Global economic conditions in the past decade have had an adverse impact on market activities due to, among
other things, failure of financial institutions, falling asset values, diminished liquidity, reduced demand for products
and services and significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In response, we adjusted production
levels and engaged in new restructuring activities. We continue to review and evaluate our manufacturing,
warehousing and distribution processes to maximize efficiencies through the elimination of redundancies in our
operations and the consolidation of facilities. Although, on a consolidated basis, the consequences of economic
conditions, other than fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, have not had a significant adverse impact on
our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, healthcare policies and practice trends vary by country, and
the impact of the global economic downturn was felt to varying degrees in each of our regional markets over the last
several years. While there generally has been some improvement in economic conditions recently, the degree of
improvement has been uneven among our regional markets, and the continuation of economic trends of uncertain
economic growth, constricted credit, public sector austerity measures in response to public budget deficits and
foreign currency volatility, particularly with respect to the euro, could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations and our liquidity.

In recent years, hospitals in some regions of the U.S. experienced a decline in admissions, a weaker payor mix,
and a reduction in elective procedures.  Consequently, hospitals took actions to reduce their costs, including limiting
their capital spending. Despite recent improvements in the economic environment, challenges persist, particularly in
some European countries, as discussed below. Approximately 95% of our net revenues come from single-use
products primarily used in critical care and surgical applications, and our sales volume could be negatively impacted
if hospital admission rates or payor mix change. Conversely, our sales volume could increase due to the greater
number of insured individuals as a result of the Affordable Care Act, which has had the effect of facilitating medical
insurance coverage for many persons who previously were not covered, although, as noted above, the Affordable

31

Care Act may be subject to repeal, a final court determination of invalidity, further modification or replacement;
therefore, the longer-term viability of the act is uncertain.

The economy in Europe has weakened over the past year. Europe has seen a slowdown in external demand
and a contraction in manufacturing, which is starting to impact other parts of
the economy. While the solid
performance of the labor market has helped to sustain private consumption and domestic demand, GDP growth is
expected to remain flat over the near term. The economy in Europe is not likely to rebound in the near term as
international trade in goods remains relatively stagnant and the risks of an increase in trade tensions, growing
geopolitical conflicts and high uncertainties related to trade policies and the impact of Brexit remain uncertain.

In Asia, we believe the economic outlook for the healthcare sector generally is positive. However, an ongoing
slowdown in the Chinese economy and U.S. - China trade tensions, as well as the public health epidemic relating to
the novel coronavirus (referred to as COVID-19) reported to have originated in Wuhan, China, have increased
uncertainties within Asia.
In addition, we continue to confront government-implemented price management and
reimbursement controls, particularly in Australia, China and India. There continue to be government initiatives to
help local manufacturers access a bigger share of the local market. Moreover, many countries in the region have
become more proactive with respect to regulatory requirements, and as a result, we expect longer, costlier and
more complicated regulatory approval processes in these countries.

In Latin America, some highly regulated economies such as Argentina, Brazil and Mexico have experienced
unusually high inflation rates and weakening currencies. This has impacted the budgets of the public healthcare
systems resulting in reduced spending on necessary medical supplies and creating delays in the importation of
medical devices. Although Latin America does not represent a significant portion of our business, our operations in
this region may be adversely affected by these factors.

Results of Operations

As used in this discussion, "new products" are products for which commercial sales have commenced within the
past 36 months, and “existing products” are products for which commercial sales commenced more than 36 months
ago. Discussion of results of operations items that reference the effect of one or more acquired businesses (except
as noted below with respect to acquired distributors) generally reflects the impact of the acquisitions within the first
12 months following the date of the acquisition. In addition to increases and decreases in the per unit selling prices
of our products to our customers, our discussion of the impact of product price increases and decreases also
reflects the impact on the pricing of our products resulting from any elimination of distributors, either through
acquisition or termination of the distributor, from the sales channel.

Certain financial information is presented on a rounded basis, which may cause minor differences.

For a discussion of our results of operations comparison for 2018 and 2017, refer to our Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 filed on February 21, 2019. Discussion of our reportable segment
results of operations comparison for 2018 and 2017 is included below within this Annual Report on Form 10-K to
reflect the changes in our segment presentation, which occurred during the first quarter of 2019.

Comparison of 2019 and 2018

Revenues

Net Revenues

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

2,595.4 $

2,448.4 $

2,146.3

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased 6.0%, or $147.0 million, compared to the 

prior year.  The increase was primarily attributable to a $142.8 million increase in sales volumes of existing products 
and, to a lesser extent, an increase in new product sales, which were partially offset by unfavorable fluctuations in 
foreign currency exchange rates of $46.8 million.

Gross profit

Gross profit
Percentage of revenues

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

1,491.6 $
57.5 %

1,384.4 $
56.5 %

1,171.8
54.6 %

32

 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2019, gross margin increased 100 basis points, or 1.8%, compared to
the prior year period. The increase was primarily attributable to favorable product mix, an increase in sales volumes
of existing products and benefits from cost improvement initiatives partially offset by incremental tariffs and higher
logistics and distribution costs.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative
Percentage of revenues

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

934.4 $
36.0 %

878.7 $
35.9 %

700.0
32.6 %

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $55.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2019 compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in selling and marketing
expenses incurred to support higher sales and expenses incurred by our acquired businesses. The increases were
partially offset by favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Research and development

Research and development
Percentage of revenues

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

113.9 $
4.4 %

106.2 $
4.3 %

84.8
3.9 %

The increase in research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to
the prior year was primarily attributable to new product development costs for several of our product lines and
European Union Medical Device Regulation ("EU MDR") related costs.

Restructuring and impairment charges

Anticipated charges and pre-tax savings related to restructuring programs and other similar cost savings

initiatives

We have ongoing restructuring programs primarily related to the consolidation of our manufacturing
operations (referred to as our 2019, 2018 and 2014 Footprint realignment plans). We also have similar ongoing
activities to relocate certain manufacturing operations within our OEM segment (the "OEM initiative") that do not
meet the criteria for a restructuring program under applicable accounting guidance; nevertheless, the activities
should result in cost savings (we expect only minimal costs to be incurred in connection with the OEM initiative).
With respect to our currently ongoing restructuring programs and the OEM initiative, the table below summarizes
charges incurred or estimated to be incurred and estimated annual pre-tax savings to be realized as follows: (1) with
respect to charges (a) the estimated total charges that will have been incurred once the restructuring programs and
OEM initiative are completed; (b) the charges incurred through December 31, 2019; and (c) the estimated charges
to be incurred from January 1, 2020 through the last anticipated completion date of the restructuring programs and
OEM initiative, December 31, 2026 and (2) with respect to estimated annual pre-tax savings, (a) the estimated total
annual pre-tax savings to be realized once the restructuring programs and OEM initiative are completed; (b) the
estimated annual pre-tax savings realized based on the progress of the restructuring programs and OEM initiative
through December 31, 2019; and (c) the estimated additional annual pre-tax savings to be realized from January 1,
2020 through the last anticipated completion date of the restructuring programs and the OEM initiative, December
31, 2026.

Estimated charges and pre-tax savings are subject to change based on, among other things, the nature and
timing of restructuring activities and similar activities, changes in the scope of restructuring programs and the OEM
initiative, unanticipated expenditures and other developments, the effect of additional acquisitions or dispositions,
the failure to realize anticipated savings from a supply contract related to a component included in certain kits sold
by our Americas segment and other factors that were not reflected in the assumptions made by management in
previously estimating restructuring and restructuring related charges and estimated pre-tax savings. Moreover,
estimated pre-tax savings constituting efficiencies with respect to increased costs that otherwise would have
resulted from business acquisitions involve, among other things, assumptions regarding the cost structure and
integration of businesses that previously were not administered by our management, which are subject to a
particularly high degree of risk and uncertainty. It is likely that estimates of charges and pre-tax savings will change
from time to time, and the table below may reflect changes from amounts previously estimated. In addition, the table
below does not include estimated charges and pre-tax savings related to substantially completed programs such as

33

 
 
 
 
the 2017 Vascular Solutions integration program, the 2017 EMEA program, the 2016 Footprint realignment plan and
other 2016 restructuring programs, which were substantially completed prior to or during 2019. Additional details,
including estimated charges expected to be incurred in connection with our restructuring programs, are described in
Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pre-tax savings can also be affected by increases or decreases in sales volumes generated by the businesses
impacted by the consolidation of manufacturing operations; such variations in revenues can increase or decrease
pre-tax savings generated by the consolidation of manufacturing operations. For example, an increase in sales
volumes generated by the impacted businesses, although likely to increase manufacturing costs, may generate
additional savings with respect to costs that otherwise would have been incurred if the manufacturing operations
were not consolidated.

Restructuring programs and other similar cost saving initiatives

Restructuring charges
Restructuring related charges (1)

Total charges

OEM initiative pre-tax savings
Pre-tax savings (2)

Total pre-tax savings

Estimated Total

$95 - $114

110 - 141

$205 - $255

$6 - $7

63 - 73

$69 - $80

Through 
December 31, 2019

(Dollars in millions)

Estimated Remaining from 
January 1, 2020 through 
December 31, 2026

$83

46

$129

$1

25

$26

$12 - $31

64 - 95

$76 - $126

$5 - $6

38 - 48

$43 - $54

(1) Restructuring related charges represent costs that are directly related to the programs and principally constitute costs to transfer
manufacturing operations to the new locations, project management costs and accelerated depreciation, as well as a charge associated
with our exit from facilities that is expected to be imposed by the taxing authority in the affected jurisdiction. Most of these changes (other
than the tax charge) are expected to be recognized in cost of goods sold.

(2) Substantially all of the pre-tax savings are expected to result in reductions to cost of goods sold.

The following discussion provides additional details with respect

to our ongoing significant restructuring

programs:

2019 Footprint realignment plan

In February 2019, we initiated a restructuring plan primarily involving the relocation of certain manufacturing
operations to existing lower-cost locations and related workforce reductions (the “2019 Footprint realignment plan").
These actions are expected to be substantially completed during 2022.

We estimate that we will incur aggregate pre-tax restructuring and restructuring related charges in connection
with the 2019 Footprint realignment plan of $56 million to $70 million, of which we estimate that $53 million to $66
million of these charges will result in future cash outlays. Additionally, we expect to incur $29 million to $35 million
in aggregate capital expenditures under the plan, most of which we expect to be incurred by the end of 2021.

We expect to begin realizing plan-related savings in 2021 and expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $12

million to $14 million once the plan is fully implemented.

2018 Footprint realignment plan

In May 2018, we initiated a restructuring plan involving the relocation of certain European manufacturing
operations to existing lower-cost locations, the outsourcing of certain European distribution operations and related
workforce reductions. These actions commenced in the second quarter 2018 and are expected to be substantially
completed by the end of 2024.

We estimate that we will incur aggregate pre-tax restructuring and restructuring related charges in connection
with the 2018 Footprint realignment plan of $102 million to $133 million, of which, we estimate that $99 million to
$127 million of these charges will result in future cash outlays. Additionally, we expect to incur $19 million to $23
million in aggregate capital expenditures under the plan, most of which we expect to be incurred by the end of 2021.

We began realizing plan-related savings in 2018 and expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $25 million to

$30 million once the plan is fully implemented.

34

2014 Footprint realignment plan

In April 2014, we initiated a restructuring plan (the "2014 Footprint realignment plan") involving the consolidation
of operations and a related reduction in workforce at certain facilities, and the relocation of manufacturing
operations from certain higher-cost
incur
aggregate pre-tax charges in connection with the 2014 Footprint realignment plan of $47 million to $52 million.
Additionally, we estimate that we will achieve annual pre-tax savings of $26 million to $29 million and we expect the
plan will be substantially complete by the end of 2021.

locations. We estimate that we will

locations to existing lower-cost

The following table provides information regarding restructuring charges we have incurred with respect to each
of our restructuring programs, as well as impairment charges, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and
2017. The restructuring charges listed in the table primarily consist of termination benefits.

2019 Footprint realignment plan

2018 Footprint realignment plan

2014 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (1)
Impairment charges (2)

Total

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

13.8 $

(0.9)

0.3

2.0

7.0

— $

55.0

0.8

4.3

19.1

$

22.2 $

79.2 $

—

—

0.7

14.1

—

14.8

(1)

(2)

Includes activity primarily related to a restructuring program initiated in the third quarter of 2019 that is designed to reduce costs and
improve efficiencies through reorganizations within several businesses and certain corporate functions, the Vascular solutions integration
program and EMEA restructuring program, both of which were initiated in 2017, in addition to the 2016 Footprint realignment plan, and
other 2016 restructuring programs.
Impairment charges recognized in 2019 and 2018 included $7.0 million and $17.2 million, respectively, related to our decision to abandon 
certain intellectual property and other assets associated with products that were eliminated from our interventional product portfolio.

Interest expense 

Interest expense
Average interest rate on debt during the year

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

80.3 $

3.47 %

103.0 $
4.25 %

82.5
3.70 %

The decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year was

primarily due to a reduction in our average interest rate as a result of our cross-currency swap agreements.

Loss on extinguishment of debt 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

$

8.8 $

— $

5.6

In addition to our prepayment of principal, we paid to the holders of

On November 15, 2019, we prepaid the $250 million aggregate outstanding principal amount under our 2024
Notes.
the 2024 Notes a $6.5 million
prepayment make-whole amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. We recorded the prepayment make-whole
amount and a $2.3 million write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt.

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

Gain on sale of assets

Gain on sale of assets

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

6.1 $

1.4 $

—

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized a gain related to the sale of two buildings and our
vein catheter reprocessing business. During the year ended December 31, 2018 we recognized a gain related to
the sale of a land parcel.

35

 
 
 
 
Taxes on income from continuing operations 

Effective income tax rate

2019

2018

2017

(35.9)%

10.6 %

45.5 %

We generate substantial earnings from our non-U.S. operations. Most of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we
file tax returns historically have had statutory tax rates that are lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate; as a result, our
consolidated effective income tax rate for 2019 and earlier years (excluding the one-time impacts of the TCJA) has
been substantially below the U.S. statutory tax rate. The principal non-U.S. jurisdictions in which the statutory tax
rate in 2019 and earlier years was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate and from which we derive substantial
earnings included Ireland and Bermuda.

Comparison of 2019 and 2018

The effective income tax rate for 2019 was (35.9)% compared to 10.6% for 2018. Taxes (benefit) on income
from continuing operations in 2019 were ($122.1) million compared to $23.2 million in 2018. The effective income
tax rate for 2019 reflected a tax benefit of $129 million resulting from a non-U.S. legal entity restructuring that
eliminated the requirement to provide for withholding taxes on the future repatriation of certain non-permanently
reinvested earnings. Additionally, the effective tax rate for 2019 was affected by a tax benefit relating to the
revaluation of state deferred tax assets and liabilities due to business integrations and other changes. The effective
tax rates for both 2019 and 2018 reflect a net excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation and a tax
cost associated with a non-deductible contingent consideration expense recognized in connection with an increase
in the fair value of the NeoTract contingent consideration liability. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Segment Results

Segment Net Revenues

Americas
EMEA
Asia
OEM

Segment Net Revenues

Segment Operating Profit

Year Ended December 31

% Increase/(Decrease)

2019

2018

2017

2019 vs 2018

2018 vs 2017

(Dollars in millions)
$ 1,492.3 $ 1,351.7 $ 1,141.4
552.7
269.2
183.0
$ 2,595.4 $ 2,448.4 $ 2,146.3

603.8
286.9
206.0

588.1
294.3
220.7

10.4
(2.6)
2.6
7.2
6.0

18.4
9.2
6.6
12.6
14.1

Year Ended December 31,

% Increase/(Decrease)

2019

2018

2017

2019 vs 2018

2018 vs 2017

Americas
EMEA
Asia
OEM

$

319.9 $

(Dollars in millions)
255.8 $
106.1
78.1
50.3

94.4
73.1
58.0

Segment Operating Profit (1)

$

545.4 $

490.3 $

241.0
92.4
75.6
41.6
450.6

25.1
(11.0)
(6.5)
15.3
11.2

6.1
14.8
3.3
21.0
8.8

(1) See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of segment 

operating profit to our consolidated income from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes.

Comparison of 2019 and 2018 

Americas

Americas net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $140.6 million, or 10.4%, compared
to the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to a $115.3 million increase in sales volumes of existing
products and an increase in new product sales.

Americas operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $64.1 million, or 25.1%, compared
to the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
partially offset by higher operating expenses, principally higher selling expenses incurred to support higher sales, as
well as higher general and administrative expenses.

EMEA

EMEA net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $15.7 million, or 2.6%, compared to the
prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to unfavorable fluctuations of foreign currency exchange rates of
$31.1 million partially offset by an increase in new product sales and net revenues generated by acquired
businesses.

EMEA operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $11.7 million, or 11.0%, compared to
the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to higher operating expenses, inclusive of higher EU MDR
and information technology related costs, and unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates partially
offset by the gross profit generated from higher sales.

Asia

Asia net revenues for the year ended December  31, 2019 increased $7.4 million, or 2.6%, compared to the
prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $7.5 million in sales volumes of existing
products and price increases partially offset by unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates of $11.3
million.

Asia operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $5.0 million, or 6.5%, compared to the
prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to higher operating costs, the impact of increased tariffs in China
and unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The decreases in operating profit were partially
offset by an increase in gross profit generated from higher sales.

OEM

OEM net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $14.7 million, or 7.2%, compared to the

prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in sales volumes of existing products.

OEM operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $7.7 million, or 15.3%, compared to the
prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales and
favorable product mix partially offset by higher operating costs.

Comparison of 2018 and 2017 

Americas

Americas net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $210.3 million, or 18.4%, compared
to the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to net revenues of $154.4 million generated by acquired
businesses, primarily NeoTract and Vascular Solutions, a $30.2 million increase in sales volumes of existing
products and, to a lesser extent, an increase in new product sales.

Americas operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $14.8 million, or 6.1%, compared to
the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to gross profit generated by Vascular Solutions and NeoTract
partially offset by higher expenses related to contingent consideration liabilities in addition to an increase in selling
and amortization expenses.

EMEA

EMEA net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $51.1 million, or 9.2%, compared to the
prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates of
$24.5 million as well as price increases of $13.8 million.

EMEA operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $13.7 million, or 14.8%, compared to
the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit reflecting higher sales and
favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The increases in gross profit were partially offset by
higher operating costs, including selling and amortization expenses.

37

Asia

Asia net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $17.7 million, or 6.6%, compared to the
prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to a $9.3 million increase in sales volumes of existing products, a
$6.0 million increase in new product sales and net revenues generated by acquired businesses.

Asia operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $2.5 million, or 3.3%, compared to the
prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales as well
as favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, partially offset by unfavorable product mix and higher
operating costs.

OEM

OEM net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $23.0 million, or 12.6%, compared to the
prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to a $16.5 million increase in sales volumes of existing products
and an acceleration in the timing of revenue recognition in accordance with newly-adopted accounting guidance.

OEM operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $8.7 million, or 21.0%, compared to the
prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales partially
offset by higher manufacturing costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing
activities. Our principal source of liquidity is operating cash flows. In addition to operating cash flows, other
significant factors that affect our overall management of liquidity include: capital expenditures, acquisitions, pension
funding, dividends, taxes, scheduled principal and interest payments with respect to outstanding indebtedness,
adequacy of available bank lines of credit and access to capital markets.

We believe our cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our
revolving credit facility (which is provided for under the Credit Agreement) and accounts receivable securitization
facility will enable us to fund our operating requirements, capital expenditures and debt obligations for the next 12
months and the foreseeable future.

Of our $301.1 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2019, $231.4 million was held at non-U.S.
subsidiaries. We manage our worldwide cash requirements by monitoring the funds available among our
subsidiaries and determining the extent to which we can access those funds on a cost effective basis.

On November 15, 2019, we prepaid $250 million aggregate principle amount of our 2024 Notes using available

borrowings under our revolving credit agreement.

We have entered into cross-currency swap agreements with different financial

institution counterparties to
hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. Under the terms of the cross-currency
swap agreements, we notionally exchanged in the aggregate $750 million for €653.1 million. The swap agreements,
which begin to expire in October 2023, are designated as net investment hedges and require an exchange of the
notional amounts upon expiration or the earlier termination of the agreements. We and the counterparties have
agreed to effect the exchange through a net settlement. As a result, we may be required to pay (or be entitled to
receive) an amount equal to the difference, on the expiration or earlier termination dates, between the U.S. dollar
equivalent of the €653.1 million notional amount and the $750 million notional amount. If, at the expiration or earlier
termination of the swap agreements, the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate has increased or declined by 10% from
the rate in effect at the inception of these agreements, we would receive from or be required to pay to the
counterparties an aggregate of approximately $75 million in respect of
the notional settlement. The swap
agreements entail risk that the counterparties will not fulfill their obligations under the agreements. However, we
believe the risk is reduced because we have entered into separate agreements with different counterparties, all of
which are large, well-established financial institutions.

On February 18, 2020, we acquired IWG High Performance Conductors,

Inc., a privately-held original
equipment manufacturer of minimally invasive medical products and high performance conductors, for $260 million.
The acquisition, which will complement our OEM product portfolio, was financed using borrowings under our
revolving credit facility.

38

We may at any time, from time to time, repurchase our outstanding debt securities in open market purchases,
via tender offers or in privately negotiated transactions, exchange transactions or otherwise, at such price or prices
as we deem appropriate. Such purchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our
liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors and may be commenced or suspended at any time.

See "Financing Arrangements" below as well as Note 10 and Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information related to our borrowings and financial
instruments.

Cash Flows

The following table provides a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

Cash flows from continuing operations provided by (used in):

Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Cash flows used in discontinued operations
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Comparison of 2019 and 2018

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

437.1 $
(73.5)
(418.8)
2.5
(3.4)
(56.1) $

435.1 $
(196.4)
(206.4)
2.3
(11.0)
23.6 $

426.3
(1,832.9)
1,141.3
(6.4)
61.5
(210.2)

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $437.1 million during 2019 and $435.1
million during 2018. The $2.0 million increase was primarily attributable to favorable operating results partially offset
by the net unfavorable impact of changes in working capital and contingent consideration payments of $26.1 million.
The unfavorable change in working capital was primarily attributable to an increase in accounts receivable due to
timing of collections and higher sales during the fourth quarter of 2019 and an increase in inventory purchases
required to achieve desired safety stock levels and to support ongoing business growth.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $73.5 million during 2019, which included
capital expenditures of $102.7 million partially offset by proceeds from cross-currency swap agreements designated
as net investment hedges of $18.3 million and proceeds from sales of businesses and assets of $14.3 million.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations was $418.8 million during 2019, which
reflected a net decrease in borrowings of $253.5 million, contingent consideration payments of $112.1 million and
dividend payments of $62.8 million.

For a discussion of our cash flow comparison for 2018 and 2017, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for

the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

39

Financing Arrangements

The following table provides our net debt to total capital ratio:

Net debt includes:

Current borrowings

Long-term borrowings

Unamortized debt issuance costs

Total debt

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total capital includes:

Net debt

Shareholders’ equity

Total capital

Percent of net debt to total capital

2019

2018

(Dollars in millions)

$

50.0 $

1,858.9

14.1

1,923.0

301.1

1,621.9

1,621.9

2,979.3

$

4,601.2 $

35.2 %

86.6

2,072.2

17.7

2,176.5

357.2

1,819.3

1,819.3

2,540.0

4,359.3

41.7 %

Fixed rate debt comprised 46.8% and 52.8% of total debt at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The
decrease in fixed rate borrowings as a percentage of total borrowings as of December 31, 2019 compared to the
prior year was due to the prepayment of the 2024 Notes.

Senior credit facility

On April 5, 2019, we entered into a second amended and restated credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement"),
which provides for a $1.0 billion revolving credit facility and a $700 million term loan facility, each of which matures
on April 5, 2024. The Credit Agreement replaces a previous credit agreement under which we were provided a $1.0
billion credit facility and a $750 million term loan facility, due 2022 (the “prior term loan”). The $700 million term loan
facility under the Credit Agreement principally was applied against the remaining $675 million principal balance of
the prior term loan.

At our option, loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to adjusted LIBOR plus an
applicable margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.00% or at an alternate base rate, which is defined as the highest of (i)
the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) 0.50% above the greater of the federal funds
rate and the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurodollar borrowings and (iii) 1.00%
above adjusted LIBOR for a one month interest period, plus in each case an applicable margin ranging from 0.125%
to 1.00%, in each case subject to adjustments based on our consolidated total net leverage ratio (generally,
Consolidated Total Funded Indebtedness (which is net of “Qualified Cash”), as defined in the Credit Agreement, on
the date of determination to Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement, for the four most recent
fiscal quarters ending on or preceding the date of determination). Overdue loans will bear interest at the rate
otherwise applicable to such loans plus 2.00%.

At December  31, 2019, we had $300.0 million in borrowings outstanding and $2.1 million in outstanding

standby letters of credit under our $1.0 billion revolving credit facility.

The Credit Agreement contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, place
limitations on our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness; create additional liens;
enter into a merger, consolidation or amalgamation or other defined "fundamental changes," dispose of certain
assets, make certain investments or acquisitions, pay dividends, or make other restricted payments, enter into swap
agreements or enter into transactions with our affiliates. Additionally, the Credit Agreement contains financial
covenants that, subject to specified exceptions, require us to maintain a consolidated total net leverage ratio of not
more than 4.50 to 1.00 and a consolidated interest coverage ratio (generally, Consolidated EBITDA for the four most
recent fiscal quarters ending on or preceding the date of determination to Consolidated Interest Expense, as defined
in the Credit Agreement, paid in cash for such period) of not less than 3.50 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2019, we
were in compliance with the covenants in the Credit Agreement.

40

 
 
 
See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional 

information regarding the Credit Agreement.

2026 and 2027 Senior Notes

As of December 31, 2019, the outstanding principal amount of our 4.875% senior notes due 2026 (the "2026
Notes") and 4.625% senior notes due 2027 (the "2027 Notes" and collectively, the "Senior Notes") was $400.0
million and $500.0 million, respectively. The indentures governing the 2026 Notes contain covenants that, among
other things and subject to certain exceptions, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to incur
additional debt or issue preferred stock or other disqualified stock, create liens, merge, consolidate, or dispose of
certain assets pay dividends, make investments or make other restricted payments, or enter into transactions with
our affiliates. The indenture governing the 2027 Notes contains covenants that, among other things and subject to
certain exceptions, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to create liens; consolidate, merge
or dispose of certain assets; and enter into sale leaseback transactions. The obligations under the Senior Notes are
fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of our existing and future 100% owned domestic
subsidiaries that are a guarantor or other obligor under the Credit Agreement and by certain of our other 100%
owned domestic subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with all of the terms of our Senior
Notes.

Accounts receivable securitization

We have an accounts receivable securitization facility under which we sell an undivided interest in domestic
accounts receivable for consideration of up to $50.0  million to a commercial paper conduit. As of December  31,
2019, and 2018 we borrowed the maximum amount available of $50.0 million under this facility. This facility is
utilized to provide increased flexibility in funding short term working capital requirements. The agreement governing
the accounts receivable securitization facility contains certain covenants and termination events. An occurrence of
an event of default or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of our counterparty to terminate
this facility. As of December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and none of the termination events
had occurred.

For additional information regarding our indebtedness, see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations 

Contractual obligations at December 31, 2019 were as follows:

Total borrowings
Interest obligations (1)
Operating lease obligations
Purchase and other obligations (2)
Tax on deemed repatriation of non-
U.S. earnings (3)
Pension and other postretirement 
benefits

Payments due by period

Total

Less than
1 year

1-3
years

3-5
years

More than
5 years

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 1,923,000 $

50,000 $

60,500 $

912,500 $

900,000

442,375

144,115

229,218

76,229

25,323

225,861

148,934

46,747

3,357

123,103

31,341

—

94,109

40,704

—

128,977

12,284

24,567

53,740

38,386

45,095

6,701

11,700

9,077

17,617

Total contractual obligations

$ 2,912,780 $

396,398 $

295,805 $ 1,129,761 $ 1,090,816

(1)

Interest payments on floating rate debt are based on the interest rate in effect on December 31, 2019.

(2) Purchase and other obligations are defined as unconditional commitments to purchase goods or services that are legally binding and that 
specify all significant terms, including: quantities to be purchased; price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The 
amounts include commitments for inventory purchases and capital expenditures (which, at the time we entered into the commitments, did 
not exceed our projected requirements in the normal course of business) and penalties due upon cancellation of cancellable agreements; 
the amounts exclude operating lease obligations, which are addressed elsewhere in the table.

(3) As permitted by the TCJA, we have elected to pay the tax in annual installments over eight years.

41

 
 
Our noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions was $10.3 million and $10.7 million as of December 31, 2019
and 2018, respectively. Due to uncertainties regarding the ultimate resolution of ongoing or future tax examinations,
we are not able to reasonably estimate the amount of any income tax payments that will be required to settle
uncertain income tax positions or the periods in which any such payments will be made; as a result, these amounts
are excluded from the contractual obligations table above.

Our contingent consideration liabilities were $219.9 million and $304.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively, of which $148.1 million and $136.9 million, respectively, were recorded as the current portion of
contingent consideration. We expect most of the current portion to be paid during the first quarter 2020 as result of
the achievement of certain sales milestones. Due to uncertainty regarding the timing and amount of future payments
related to these liabilities, these amounts are excluded from the contractual obligations table above.

See Note 12, Note 15 and Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on

Form 10-K for additional information.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from the amounts derived from those estimates and
assumptions. 

We have identified the following as critical accounting estimates, which are defined as those that are reflective
of significant judgments and uncertainties, are the most pervasive and important to the presentation of our financial
in materially different results under different
condition and results of operations and could potentially result
assumptions and conditions. The following discussion should be considered in conjunction with the description of
our accounting policies in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

In the ordinary course of business, we grant non-interest bearing trade credit to our customers on normal credit
terms.    In an effort to reduce our credit risk, we (i) establish credit limits for all of our customer relationships, (ii)
perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, (iii) monitor the payment history and aging
of our customers’ receivables, and (iv) monitor open orders against an individual customer’s outstanding receivable
balance.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for trade accounts receivable based on the expected
collectability of accounts receivable, after considering our historical collection experience, the length of time an
account is outstanding, the financial position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. The
adequacy of this allowance is reviewed each reporting period and adjusted as necessary. Our allowance for
doubtful accounts was
$9.1 million and $9.3 million at December  31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which
constituted 2.1% and 2.4% of gross trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to cover the estimated losses which may occur when
customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot be assured that the allowances will be sufficient to
cover future losses given the volatility in the worldwide economy and the possibility that other, unanticipated events
may adversely affect collectability of the accounts.  If our allowance for doubtful accounts is insufficient to address
receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which could
materially adversely affect our results of operations.  Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could
adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

Distributor Rebates

We offer rebates to certain distributors and record a reserve with respect to the estimated amount of the
rebates as a reduction of revenues at the time of sale. In estimating rebates, we consider the lag time between the
point of sale and the payment of the distributor’s rebate claim, distributor-specific trend analyses, contractual
commitments, including stated rebate rates, historical experience and other relevant information. When necessary,
we adjust the reserves, with a corresponding adjustment to revenue, to reflect differences between estimated and
actual experience. Historical adjustments to recorded reserves have not been significant and we do not expect

42

 
 
significant revisions to the estimated rebates in the future. The reserve for estimated rebates was $21.6 million and
$18.1 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We expect to pay amounts subject to the reserve as of
December 31, 2019 within 90 days subsequent to year-end.

Inventory Utilization

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Factors utilized in the determination of
estimated net realizable value and whether a reserve is required include (i) current sales data and historical return
rates, (ii) estimates of future demand, (iii) competitive pricing pressures, (iv) new product introductions, (v) product
expiration dates, and (vi) component and packaging obsolescence.

We review the net realizable value of inventory each reporting period and adjusted as necessary.  We regularly
compare inventory quantities on hand against historical usage or forecasts related to specific items in order to
evaluate obsolescence and excessive quantities.
In assessing historical usage, we also qualitatively assess
business trends to evaluate the reasonableness of using historical information in estimating future usage.

Long-Lived Assets

We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances
indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For example, such an assessment may be initiated
if, as a result of a change in expectations, we believe it is more likely than not that the asset will be sold or disposed
of significantly before the end of its useful
life or if an adverse change occurs in the business employing the
asset. Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether such events or circumstances have occurred
and determining the appropriate asset group requiring evaluation. The recoverability evaluation is based on various
judgment. Any
analyses,
impairment loss, if indicated, equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated
fair value of the asset.

including undiscounted cash flow projections, which involve significant management

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets (such as goodwill, certain trade names and in-process research
and development ("IPR&D")), as well as finite-lived intangibles (such as trade names that do not have indefinite
lives, customer relationships, intellectual property, distribution rights and non-competition agreements) and are,
generally, obtained through acquisition.
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at fair
value and we allocate any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets
acquired in a business combination to goodwill.

The costs of finite-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated useful life. Determining the
useful life of an intangible asset requires considerable judgment as different types of intangible assets typically will
have different useful lives. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized; we test these
assets annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, using the first day of the quarter as the measurement date,
indicate an
or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances that
impairment may have occurred. Such conditions may include an economic downturn in a geographic market or a
change in the assessment of future operations.  Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from
our impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles.

impairment analyses,

Considerable management judgment is necessary in making the assumptions used in the estimated fair value
of intangible assets acquired in a business combination and in the goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible
asset
including evaluating the impact of operating and macroeconomic conditions and
estimating future cash flows. Assumptions we use in our acquisition date fair value estimates and in our impairment
evaluations include the discount rate and forecasted growth rates, which are consistent with our internal projections
and operating plans, when applicable. We believe these assumptions and estimates are comparable to those that
would be used by other marketplace participants.  

Goodwill

Goodwill impairment assessments are performed at a reporting unit level. For purposes of this assessment, a
reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment. During 2019, in
conjunction with our segment change, we determined it appropriate to aggregate certain North American reporting

43

 
 
 
 
units because they were economically similar and as a result, we have six reporting units. No impairment was
recorded as a result of the annual goodwill impairment testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2019.

In applying the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but 
are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the 
market for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors such as 
strategies and financial performance. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a two-step quantitative 
impairment test, described below test, described below. Alternatively, we may test goodwill for impairment through 
the two-step quantitative impairment test without conducting the qualitative analysis. 

The first step of the two-step impairment test is to compare the fair value of a reporting unit to the carrying 
value. In performing the first step, we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit using equal weighting of two 
methods; one which estimates the discounted cash flows of the reporting unit based on projected earnings in the 
future (the Income Approach) and one which is based on sales of similar businesses to those of the reporting unit in 
actual transactions (the Market Approach).  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, there is 
no impairment. If the reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss based on 
the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, which we determine in the second 
step of the two-step test. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of a reporting 
unit's identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if that reporting unit had 
just been acquired and the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed were being 
determined initially.

future sales, operating income,

Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment. The more significant judgments and
assumptions used in the Income Approach include (1) the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, which
are based primarily on our estimates of
industry trends and the regulatory
environment of the individual reporting units, (2) the expected long-term growth rates for each of our reporting units,
which approximate the expected long-term growth rate of the global economy and of the medical device industry,
and (3) discount rates that are used to discount future cash flows to their present values, which are based on an
assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units along with various market
based inputs.  The more significant
judgments and assumptions used in the Market Approach include (1)
determination of appropriate revenue and EBITDA multiples used to estimate a reporting unit’s fair value and (2) the
selection of appropriate comparable companies to be used for purposes of determining those multiples. There were
no changes to the underlying methods used in 2019 as compared to the valuations of our reporting units in the past
several years.

Our expected future growth rates estimated for purposes of the goodwill impairment test are based on our
estimates of future sales, operating income and cash flow and are consistent with our internal budgets and business
plans, which reflect a modest amount of core revenue growth coupled with the successful launch of new products
each year; the effect of these growth indicators more than offset volume losses from products that are expected to
reach the end of their life cycle. Changes in assumptions underlying the Income Approach could cause a reporting
unit's carrying value to exceed its fair value. While we believe our assumed growth rates of sales and cash flows are
reasonable, the possibility remains that the revenue growth of a reporting unit may not be as high as expected, and,
as a result, the estimated fair value of that reporting unit may decline. In this regard, if our strategy and new
products are not successful and we do not achieve anticipated core revenue growth in the future with respect to a
reporting unit, the goodwill in the reporting unit may become impaired and, in such case, we may incur material
impairment charges. Moreover, changes in revenue and EBITDA multiples in actual
transactions from those
historically present could result in an assessment that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, in
which case we also may incur material impairment charges.

Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are assets acquired that lack physical substance and that meet the specified criteria for
recognition apart from goodwill. Management tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, and
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Similar to
the goodwill impairment test process, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than
not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If, after completing the
qualitative assessment, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible
asset is greater than its carrying amount, the asset is not impaired. If we conclude it is more likely than not that the
fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than the carrying value, we then proceed to a quantitative

44

 
impairment test, which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying amount.
Alternatively, we may elect
for
impairment through the quantitative impairment test.

to forgo the qualitative analysis and test

the indefinite-lived intangible asset

In connection with intangible assets acquired in a business combination and the quantitative impairment tests,
since quoted market prices are seldom available for intangible assets, we utilize several present value techniques to
estimate fair value. The fair value of trade names and IPR&D is estimated by the use of a relief from royalty method,
a form of income approach that values an intangible asset by estimating the royalties saved through the ownership
of an asset. Under this method, an owner of an intangible asset determines the arm’s length royalty that likely would
have been charged if the owner had to license the asset from a third party. The value of the hypothetical royalty,
which is based on the estimated royalty rate applied against forecasted sales, is tax-effected and discounted to
present value using a discount rate commensurate with the relative risk of achieving the cash flow attributable to the
asset. Management must estimate the volume of sales, hypothetical royalty rate, discount rate, and terminal growth
rate to estimate the hypothetical royalty associated with the asset.    Discount rate assumptions are based on an
assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows generated from the intangible asset. Assumptions about
royalty rates are based on the rates at which similar intangible assets are being licensed in the marketplace.

During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we recognized impairment charges of $7.0 million and
$16.9  million, respectively, related to our decision to abandon certain intellectual property intangible assets. See
"Restructuring and impairment charges" within "Result of Operations" above as well as Note 5 to the consolidated
financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on these charges.

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide a range of benefits to eligible employees and retired employees, including under plans that provide
pension and postretirement healthcare benefits. Several statistical and other factors that are designed to project
future events are used in calculating the expense and liability related to these plans. These factors include actuarial
assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, turnover rates
and healthcare cost trend rates. We review the actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to
the assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate.

Significant differences in our actual experience or significant changes in our assumptions may materially affect
our pension and other postretirement obligations and our future expense. The following table shows the sensitivity
of plan expenses and benefit obligations to changes in the weighted average assumptions:

Assumed Discount Rate

Expected Return 
on Plan Assets

Assumed Healthcare Trend Rate

50 Basis Point 
Increase

50 Basis Point 
Decrease

50 Basis Point 
Change

1.0% Increase

1.0% Decrease

(Dollars in millions)

Net periodic pension and 
postretirement healthcare expense $
$
Projected benefit obligation

— $

(29.7) $

(0.1) $

32.9

1.8

$

N/A $

0.1

1.9

$

$

(0.1)

(1.7)

For additional information on assumptions pertaining to pension and other postretirement benefit plans, refer to

Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Share-based Compensation

the award that

We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant and recognize as expense the value of
the portion of
is ultimately expected to vest over the requisite service periods. Share-based
compensation expense related to stock options is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes
into account subjective and complex assumptions with respect to expected life of options, volatility, risk-free interest
rate and expected dividend yield. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options are
expected to be outstanding, which is derived from the vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise
behavior. Expected volatility is based on a blend of historical volatility and implied volatility derived from publicly
traded options to purchase our common stock, which we believe is more reflective of market conditions and a better
indicator of expected volatility than solely using historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield
currently available on U.S.  Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the
option. Share-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock units is measured based on the
market price of the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the present value

45

 
 
of expected dividends over the vesting period. Share based compensation expense for 2019 and 2018 was $26.9
million and $22.4 million, respectively.

Contingent Consideration Liabilities

In connection with an acquisition, we may be required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the
achievement of specified objectives, such as receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product or
achievement of sales targets. As of the acquisition date, we record a contingent liability representing the estimated
fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay. We determined the fair value of the contingent
consideration liabilities related to the NeoTract and Essential Medical acquisitions which represented most of our
contingent consideration liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018, using a Monte Carlo valuation approach, which
simulates future revenues during the earn out-period using management's best estimates. We determined the fair
value of our other contingent consideration liabilities using other probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis.
Significant judgment is required in determining the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the contingent
consideration.
Increases in projected revenues and probabilities of payment may result in significantly higher fair
value measurements; decreases in these items may have the opposite effect. Increases in discount rates in the
periods prior to payment may result in significantly lower fair value measurements; decreases may have the
opposite effect. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K
for additional information.

We remeasure our contingent consideration liabilities each reporting period and recognize the change in the
liabilities' fair value within selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of income. As
of December  31, 2019 and 2018, we accrued $219.9 million and $304.2 million of contingent consideration,
respectively.

Income Taxes

Our annual provision for income taxes and determination of the deferred tax assets and liabilities require
management to assess uncertainties, make judgments regarding outcomes and utilize estimates. The difficulties
inherent in such assessments, judgments and estimates are particularly challenging because we conduct a broad
range of operations around the world, subjecting us to complex tax regulations in numerous international
jurisdictions. As a result, we are at times subject to tax audits, disputes with tax authorities and potential litigation,
the outcome of which is uncertain. In connection with its estimates of our tax assets and liabilities, management
must, among other things, make judgments about the outcome of these uncertain matters.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured and recorded using currently enacted tax rates that are
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases are recovered or settled. The likelihood of a material
change in our expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income, our ability to use foreign
tax credit carryforwards and carrybacks, final U.S. and non-U.S. tax settlements, changes in tax law, and the
effectiveness of our tax planning strategies in the various relevant jurisdictions. While management believes that its
judgments and interpretations regarding income taxes are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience
may require future adjustments to our tax assets and liabilities, which could be material.  

In assessing the realizability of our deferred tax assets, we evaluate positive and negative evidence and use
judgments regarding past and future events, including results of operations and available tax planning strategies
that could be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, we determine when it is
more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, in which case we apply
a valuation allowance to offset the amount of such deferred tax assets.    To the extent facts and circumstances
change in the future, adjustments to the valuation allowances may be required. The valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets of $119.2 million and $144.0 million at December  31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, relates
principally to the uncertainty of the utilization of tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. We
establish additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are supportable, there
remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which is a tax position that is more
likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. In the normal course of
business, we are examined by various federal, state and non-U.S. tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential
outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the
adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred

46

 
taxes in any period in which we become aware of facts that necessitate an adjustment. We are currently under
examination in Germany. The ultimate outcome of this examination could result in increases or decreases to our
recorded tax liabilities, which would affect our financial results. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our uncertain tax positions.

As noted above, the TCJA significantly changed U.S. tax law. As a result of the enactment of the TCJA, our
consolidated financial statements as of, and for the year ended December 31, 2017, included provisional amounts
with respect to the deemed repatriated earnings and the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. For the
year ended December 31, 2018, as permitted by SAB 118, we recorded adjustments to the provisional amounts
related to the TCJA included in our December 31, 2017 financial statements. For the year ended December 31,
2019, we made no adjustments to the provisional amounts. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

New Accounting Standards

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a
discussion of recently issued accounting standards, including estimated effects, if any, of the adoption of those
standards on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain financial risks, specifically fluctuations in market interest rates, foreign currency
exchange rates and, to a lesser extent, commodity prices. We address these risks through a risk management
program that includes the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not enter into derivative instruments for
trading or speculative purposes. We manage our exposure to counterparty risk on derivative instruments by
entering into contracts with a diversified group of major financial institutions and by actively monitoring outstanding
positions.

We also are exposed to changes in the market trading price of our common stock as it influences the valuation

of stock options and their effect on earnings.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our borrowing activities and our cash balances. The
table below provides information regarding the interest rates by year of maturity for our fixed and variable rate debt
obligations. Variable interest rates on December  31, 2019 were determined using a base rate of the one-month
LIBOR rate plus the applicable spread.

Year of Maturity

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Thereafter

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

Fixed rate debt

Average interest rate

Variable rate debt

$

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

900,000

$

900,000

— %

— %

— %

— %

— %

4.736 %

4.736 %

50,000

$

25,500

$

35,000

$

43,750

$ 868,750

$

— $

1,023,000

Average interest rate

2.513 %

3.174 %

3.174 %

3.174 %

3.157 %

— %

3.127 %

A change of 1.0% in variable interest rates would increase or decrease annual

interest expense by $10.2

million based on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2019.

Foreign Currency Risk

The global nature of our operations exposes us to foreign currency risks. These risks include exposure from
the effect of fluctuating exchange rates on payables and receivables as well as intercompany loans relating to
transactions that are denominated in currencies other than a location’s functional currency and exposure that arises
from translating the results of our worldwide operations to the U.S. dollar at exchange rates that have fluctuated
from the beginning of a reporting period. Our principal currency exposures relate to the Euro, Chinese Renminbi,
Mexican Peso, Canadian Dollar, Malaysian Ringgit, Czech Koruna, British Pound, Australian Dollar and South
Korean Won. We utilize foreign currency forward exchange contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap
contracts to attempt to minimize our exposure to these risks. Gains and losses on these contracts substantially
offset losses and gains on the underlying hedged transactions.

47

 
 
 
As of December 31, 2019, the total notional amount for the foreign currency forward exchange contracts and
cross-currency interest rates swap contracts, expressed in U.S. dollars, was $277.1 million and $750.0 million,
respectively. A sensitivity analysis of changes in fair value of these contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2019,
while not predictive in nature, indicated that a hypothetical 10% increase/decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar
against all currencies would increase/decrease the fair value of these contracts by $83.1 million, the majority of
which relates to the cross-currency interest rate swap contracts.

See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for
information regarding the accounting treatment of our foreign currency forward exchange contracts and cross-
currency interest rates swap contracts.

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and supplementary data required by this Item are included herein, commencing on

page F-1.

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on
that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report were functioning effectively to provide reasonable
assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. A controls system cannot provide
absolute assurance, however, that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can
provide absolute assurance that all control
issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been
detected.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth on page  F-2 of this Annual

Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

(c) Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

At the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2019, we integrated the enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system
used by our EMEA segment with our global ERP system. This conversion impacts certain interfaces with our
customers and suppliers, resulting in changes to the tools we use to take orders, remit billings, make payments and
perform other business functions. We believe that the expanded utilization of the ERP system and related changes
to processes and internal controls will enhance our internal control over financial reporting by improving the
efficiency of certain financial and related transaction processes while providing us with the ability to scale our
business.

Other than the ERP system upgrade discussed above, no change in our internal control over financial reporting
occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

48

 
PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

For the information required by this Item 10 with respect to our Executive Officers, see Part I, Item 1. of this
report. For the other information required by this Item 10, see “Election Of Directors,” “Nominees for Election to the
Board of Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Section  16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” in
the Proxy Statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy
Statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For the information required by this Item  11, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation
Committee Report,” and “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting, which
information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

For the information required by this Item  12 with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock, see
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement for our 2020 Annual
Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2019 regarding our equity plans :

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans 
approved by security 
holders

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights (1)
(A)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights

Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in Column 
(A))

(B)

(C)

1,325,532

$161.91

3,357,048

(1) The number of securities in column (A) include 46,660 shares of common stock underlying performance stock units if maximum
performance levels are achieved; the actual number of shares, if any, to be issued with respect to the performance stock units will be
based on performance with respect to specified financial and relative stock price measures.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE

For the information required by this Item  13, see “Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the

Proxy Statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

For the information required by this Item  14, see “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-
Approval Procedures” in the Proxy Statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein
by reference.

49

 
 ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

Consolidated Financial Statements:

PART IV

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule is set forth on page F-1 of this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K.

(a)

Exhibits:

The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report (unless otherwise
indicated, the file number with respect to each filed document is 1-5353):

Exhibit No.

Description

*3.1.1 — Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 

to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2018).

*3.1.2 — Amendment to Article Thirteenth of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2018).
*3.1.3 — Amendment to the first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation 
(incorporated by reference to Proposal 2 of the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on March 29, 
2007).

*3.2 — Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 

Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2009).

*4.1.1 — Indenture, dated May 16, 2016, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement 
on Form S-3 (File No 333-211276) filed on May 11, 2016).

*4.1.2 — First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 16, 2016, by and among the Company, the guarantors 

party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, relating to the Company’s 4.875% 
Senior Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 2016).

*4.1.3 — Form of 4.875% Senior Note due 2026 (included in Exhibit 4.2.2).

*4.1.4 — Second Supplemental Indenture, dated February 28, 2017, by and among Vascular Solutions, 

Inc., the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.2.3 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-3 (File No. 33-211276) filed on November 16, 2017).

*4.1.5 — Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 19, 2017, by and among NeoTract, Inc., Teleflex 

Urology Limited, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2.4 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s registration 
Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 33-211276) filed on November 16, 2017).

*4.2.1 — Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated November 20, 2017, by and among the Company, the 

guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2017).

*4.2.2 — Form of 4.625% Senior Note due 2027 (included in Exhibit 4.3.1).

4.3 — Description of Company securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934.

+*10.1 — Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan (formerly known as the Teleflex Incorporated 

Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan), as amended and restated effective January 1, 2014 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 
2015).

+10.2.1 — Teleflex Incorporated Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 22, 2019.
+10.2.2 — Teleflex Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 22, 2019.
*10.3.1 — Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, effective as of January 1, 2014 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 
2013).

*10.3.2 — Special Amendment to Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated August 12, 2015 (incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2016).

50

 
Exhibit No.

Description

*10.3.3 — First Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated December 21, 2016 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 
2018). 

*10.3.4 — Second Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated December 21, 2016 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 
2018).

*10.3.5 — Third Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated November 22, 2017 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.5 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 
2018).

*10.3.6 — Fourth Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated January 19, 2018 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 
2018).

 +*10.3.7 — Fifth Amendment to the Teleflex Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, dated March 28, 2018 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.7 to the Company's Form 10-K filed on February 21, 
2019).

+*10.4.1 — 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration 

Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-38224), filed on May 31, 2000).

+*10.4.2 — Amendment, dated March 28, 2012, to 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

+*10.5.1 — 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s definitive 

Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 21, 2008).

+*10.5.2 — Amendment, dated March 28, 2012, to 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

*10.5.3 — Form of Stock Option Agreement for stock options granted on or after January 1, 2013 under the 

Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to the 
Company's Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2014).

+*10.5.4 — Form of Stock Option Agreement for stock options granted to Benson F. Smith under the 
Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.6 to the 
Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2016).

+*10.5.5 — Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for restricted stock awards granted to Benson F. 
Smith under the Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.5.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2016).

+*10.6 — Teleflex Incorporated 2016 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to 
the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on 
March 24, 2016).

+*10.7 — Teleflex Incorporated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the 

Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on 
March 28, 2014).

+*10.8 — Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement, dated December 14, 2017, between the 

Company and Benson F. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s 
Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2018).

+*10.9 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between the Company and 

Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 
4, 2017).

+*10.10 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between the Company 
and Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on 
May 4, 2017).

+*10.11 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company 
and Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q 
filed on April 30, 2013).

+*10.12 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company and 

Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed 
on April 30, 2013).

+*10.14 — Letter Agreement, dated March 8, 2013, between the Company and Cameron Hicks relating to 
Mr. Hicks' employment as Vice President, Global Human Resources (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 2015).

51

Exhibit No.

Description

+*10.15 — Contract of Employment, dated November 26, 2012, between the Company and Karen Boylan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 20, 
2015).

+*10.16 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the Company 

and James J. Leyden (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Form 10-K 
filed on February 25, 2016).

+*10.17 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the Company and 
James J. Leyden (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed 
on February 25, 2016).

+*10.18 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the Company 

and Cameron P. Hicks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Form 10-K 
filed on February 25, 2016).

+*10.19 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the Company and 
Cameron P. Hicks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed 
on February 25, 2016).

+*10.22 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, between the Company 
and Karen Boylan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed 
on April 28, 2016).

+*10.23 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, between the Company and 

Karen Boylan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on 
April 28, 2016).

*10.24.1 — Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among the Company, 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and PNC Bank, 
National Association, as co-syndication agents, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party 
thereto and each other party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on April 10, 2019).

+*10.25 — Form of Performance Stock Unit Agreement under the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2018).

21 — Subsidiaries of the Company.
23 — Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
31.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
32.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.
32.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.

101.1 — The following materials from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 

2019, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated 
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and 
December 31, 2017; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017; (iii) the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018; (iv) the Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and 
December 31, 2017; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017; and (vi) Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

104.1 — The cover page of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 

2019, formatted in inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101.1).

_____________________________________________________
*

Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of the filing indicated and  
incorporated herein by reference.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to 
Item 15(b) of this report.

+

 ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Registrants may voluntarily include a summary of information required by Form 10-K under this Item 16. We 

have elected not to include such summary information.

52

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has
duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized as of the
date indicated below.

SIGNATURES

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

By:

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and as of the date indicated below.

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell

Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ John R. Deren

John R. Deren

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Andrew A. Krakauer
Andrew A. Krakauer
Director

/s/ Richard A. Packer
Richard A. Packer
Director

/s/ Stuart A. Randle
Stuart A. Randle
Director

/s/ Benson F. Smith
Benson F. Smith
Chairman and Director

By:

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

/s/ George Babich, Jr.

George Babich, Jr.
Director

/s/ Candace H. Duncan
Candace H. Duncan
Director

/s/ Gretchen R. Haggerty
Gretchen R. Haggerty
Director

/s/ John C. Heinmiller
John C. Heinmiller
Director

/s/ Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
Director

Dated: February 21, 2020

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

By:

53

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity as of and for the years ended December 
31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Quarterly Data

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Schedule II Valuation and qualifying accounts as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017

Page

F-2

F-3

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-10

F-11

F-69

Page

70

F-1

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed by, or under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and
effected by the Company's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

its inherent

Because of

internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

limitations,

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December  31, 2019.
In making this assessment, management used the framework established in Internal
Control  — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
this assessment and based on the criteria in the COSO framework,
Commission (COSO). As a result of
management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2019, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
was effective.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report
which appears herein.

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell

President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 21, 2020

F-2

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Teleflex Incorporated

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the consolidated financial statements,
including the related notes and financial statement
schedule, of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as listed in the accompanying index
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control -
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it
accounts for leases in 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's
internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free
of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures
that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts
and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of
the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our
audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made

F-3

only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated 
financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) 
relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our 
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter 
in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by 
communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the 
accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Valuation of Contingent Consideration

As described in Notes 1 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company had $219.9 million of
contingent consideration liabilities as of December 31, 2019, of which a significant portion related to NeoTract and
Essential Medical. During 2019, contingent consideration liability revaluations were $53.9 million. In connection with
an acquisition, the Company may be required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of
specified objectives, such as receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product or achievement of sales
targets. Upon acquisition, the Company records a contingent liability representing the estimated fair value of the
contingent consideration that it expects to pay. Management determines the fair value of NeoTract and Essential
Medical contingent consideration liabilities upon acquisition using a Monte Carlo valuation approach, which
simulates future revenues during the earn out-period. The contingent consideration fair value measurement is
based on significant inputs not observable in the market and therefore constitute Level 3 inputs within the fair value
hierarchy. Contingent consideration liabilities are remeasured to fair value each reporting period using assumptions
including estimated revenues, discount rates, probability of payment, and projected payment dates.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to valuation of contingent
consideration related to NeoTract and Essential Medical
is a critical audit matter are (i) there was significant
judgment by management when determining the fair value measurements each reporting period, which in turn led to
a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and in evaluating audit evidence
for the fair value measurements relating to the contingent consideration and assumptions, including the estimated
revenues, discount rates, probability of payment, and projected payment dates used in the Monte Carlo valuation
model and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in
performing procedures and evaluating the audit evidence obtained.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of
controls relating to management’s remeasurement of the contingent consideration to fair value each reporting
period. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for determining the fair value
measurement of the contingent consideration each reporting period, including evaluating the assumptions used by
management, including the estimated revenues, discount rates, probability of payment, and projected payment
dates. Evaluating the assumptions related to estimated revenues, probability of payment and projected payment
dates involved evaluating whether the assumptions used were reasonable considering consistency with external
data sources and the product’s historical revenue performance. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge
were used to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of the Company’s valuation model and certain significant
assumptions, including discount rates.

Income Taxes – Tax Planning Strategies

As described in Notes 1 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded an income tax
benefit from continuing operations of $122.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, deferred tax assets of
$163.3 million (net of a valuation allowance of $119.2 million), deferred tax liabilities of $597.3 million, and liabilities
associated with unrecognized tax benefits of $10.3 million as of December 31, 2019. As disclosed by management,

F-4

the Company conducts a broad range of operations around the world subjecting the Company to complex tax
regulations in numerous international jurisdictions, resulting at times in tax audits, disputes with tax authorities and
potential litigation, the outcome of which is uncertain. As disclosed by management, significant judgment is required
in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. Additional judgment is required to assess the
implications of changes in tax law across various jurisdictions and the implications of the Company’s tax planning
strategies. Management regularly assesses the potential outcomes of examinations and any future examinations for
the current or prior years in determining the adequacy of the provision for income taxes, the current tax liability and
deferred taxes. Management establishes additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax
positions are supportable, there remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which
is a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to income taxes - tax
planning strategies is a critical audit matter are (i) there was significant judgment by management when determining
the income tax implications resulting from tax planning strategies across various taxing jurisdictions, and (ii) the
significant impact to the financial statements if the income tax implications were not appropriately determined. This
in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and in evaluating
audit evidence relating to the income tax implications of management’s tax planning strategies. In addition, the audit
effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing procedures and
evaluating the audit evidence obtained.

tax planning strategies. These procedures also included, among others,

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of
controls relating to the key judgments, inputs, and assumptions relating to the determination of the income tax
implications of
(i) evaluating the
information, including third party opinions, tax law, and other relevant evidence used by management to support the
Company’s position regarding the income tax implications of the tax planning strategies, and (ii) evaluating the
income tax implications of the tax planning strategies and management’s assessment of the potential impact on the
provision for income taxes, the current tax liability and deferred taxes. Professionals with specialized skill and
knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the tax planning strategies, as well as the application of local
income tax law.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 21, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1962.

F-5

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Net revenues

Cost of goods sold, excluding intangible asset amortization

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Restructuring and impairment charges

Gain on sale of assets

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishment 
of debt and taxes

Interest expense

Interest income

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income from continuing operations before taxes

(Benefit) taxes on income from continuing operations

Income from continuing operations

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

(Benefit) taxes on (loss) income from discontinued operations

(Loss) income on discontinued operations

Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic:

Income from continuing operations

(Loss) income on discontinued operations

Net income

Diluted:

Income from continuing operations

(Loss) income on discontinued operations

Net income

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except
 per share)

$ 2,595,362

$ 2,448,383

$ 2,146,303

1,103,750

1,491,612

1,063,941

1,384,442

934,373

113,857

22,205

(6,077)

427,254

80,270

(1,741)

8,822

339,903

(122,078)

461,981

(828)

(313)

(515)

878,688

106,208

79,230

(1,388)

321,704

103,020

(944)

—

219,628

23,196

196,432

5,643

1,273

4,370

974,501

1,171,802

699,963

84,770

14,790

—

372,279

82,546

(771)

5,593

284,911

129,648

155,263

(4,534)

(1,801)

(2,733)

$

461,466

$

200,802

$

152,530

$

$

$

$

10.00

$

4.30

$

(0.01)

0.09

9.99

$

4.39

$

9.81

$

4.20

$

(0.01)

0.09

9.80

$

4.29

$

3.45

(0.06)

3.39

3.33

(0.06)

3.27

46,200

47,090

45,689

46,801

45,004

46,664

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

Foreign currency:

Foreign currency translation continuing operations 
adjustments, net of tax of $(6,270), $(1,047) and 
$(29,448), respectively

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans:

Prior service cost recognized in net periodic cost, net of 
tax of $(20), $(23) and $(39), respectively
Unamortized (loss) gain arising during the period, net of 
tax of $3,817, $(447) and $1,677, respectively
Plan amendments, curtailments, and settlements, net of 
tax of $0, $(137) and $74, respectively
Net loss recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of 
$(1,611), $(1,588) and $(2,457), respectively
Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $15, $(183) 
and $413, respectively

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans adjustment, 

net of tax

Derivatives qualifying as hedges:

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives arising during the 
period, net of tax $(85), $(268) and $(631), respectively

Reclassification adjustment on derivatives included in 
net income, net of tax of $150, $163 and $83, 
respectively

Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax

 Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

461,466 $

200,802 $

152,530

4,195

4,195

(83,889)

(83,889)

173,074

173,074

62

71

66

(12,767)

1,116

(5,419)

—

511

(223)

5,319

5,231

4,447

(44)

499

(1,083)

(7,430)

7,428

(2,212)

1,062

2,574

2,775

(1,134)

(72)

(3,307)

(2,107)

467

(11)

2,764

(75,994)

173,626

 Comprehensive income

$

458,159 $

124,808 $

326,156

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
  
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid taxes

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Goodwill
Intangibles assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current borrowings
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Current portion of contingent consideration
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
Accrued interest
Income taxes payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
Noncurrent contingent consideration

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity

Common shares, $1 par value Issued: 2019 — 47,536 shares; 2018 — 47,248 shares
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Less: Treasury stock, at cost

Total shareholders' equity
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

December 31,

2019

2018

(Dollars and shares in thousands, 
except per share)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

301,083
418,673
476,557
97,943
12,076
1,306,332
430,719
113,160
2,245,305
2,156,285
5,572
52,447
6,309,820

50,000
102,916
100,466
148,090
115,981
5,514
6,692
33,396
563,055
1,858,943
439,558
82,719
10,294
71,818

101,372

202,741

3,330,500

357,161
366,286
427,778
72,481
12,463
1,236,169
432,766
—
2,246,579
2,325,052
2,446
34,979
6,277,991

86,625
106,709
97,551
136,877
104,670
6,031
5,943
38,050
582,456
2,072,200
608,221
92,914
10,718
167,370

—

204,134

3,738,013

47,536
616,980
2,824,916
(344,392)

3,145,040
165,720
2,979,320
6,309,820

$

47,248
574,761
2,427,599
(341,085)

2,708,523
168,545
2,539,978
6,277,991

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations:

Net income

$

461,466

$

200,802

$

152,530

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Loss (Income) from discontinued operations

Depreciation expense

Amortization expense of intangible assets

Amortization expense of deferred financing costs and debt discount

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Fair value step up of acquired inventory sold

Changes in contingent consideration

Impairment of long-lived assets

Stock-based compensation

Net gain on sales of businesses and assets

Deferred income taxes, net

Payments for contingent consideration

Interest benefit on swaps designated as net investment hedges

Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and disposals:

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

Income taxes receivable and payable, net

515

64,088

149,974

4,307

8,822

—

53,915

6,966

26,940

(6,077)

(168,594)

(26,092)

(18,866)

(5,800)

(59,793)

(53,170)

(31,023)

36,021

(6,531)

(4,370)

60,494

149,486

4,734

—

—

52,977

19,110

22,438

(1,388)

(6,097)

(2,100)

(3,277)

2,733

56,497

98,766

5,075

5,593

10,442

3,575

—

19,407

—

(41,822)

—

—

(13,426)

(18,469)

(23,412)

(37,198)

(10,351)

62,404

(35,740)

(11,039)

(22,363)

547

39,001

125,828

426,301

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

437,068

435,086

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

(102,695)

(80,795)

(70,903)

Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired

(3,462)

(121,025)

(1,768,284)

Proceeds from sales of businesses and assets

Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges

14,345

18,331

3,878

1,548

6,332

—

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

(73,481)

(196,394)

(1,832,855)

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings

Reduction in borrowings

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees

Proceeds from share based compensation plans and the related tax impacts

Payments for contingent consideration

Dividends

275,000

35,000

2,463,500

(528,500)

(128,500)

(1,239,576)

(11,635)

21,206

(112,079)

(62,828)

(188)

(26,664)

22,655

(73,235)

(62,165)

5,571

(335)

(61,237)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from continuing operations

(418,836)

(206,433)

1,141,259

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

2,457

2,457

(3,286)

(56,078)

357,161

2,292

2,292

(10,948)

23,603

333,558

(6,416)

(6,416)

61,480

(210,231)

543,789

$

301,083

$

357,161

$

333,558

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-9

 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common Stock

Shares

Dollars

Additional
Paid in 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive
Income (loss)

Treasury Stock

Shares

Dollars

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Balance at December 31, 2016

45,814

$45,814 $

506,800

$2,194,593 $

(438,717)

1,741

$(170,973) $

2,137,517

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive income

152,530

(61,237)

173,626

Settlement of convertible notes

928

928

(48,375)

(503)

52,279

152,530

(61,237)

173,626

4,832

Settlement of note hedges 
associated with convertible notes

Shares issued under compensation 

plans

 Deferred compensation

112,901

516

(112,908)

(7)

129

129

20,395

(48)

(2)

2,658

88

23,182

88

Balance at December 31, 2017

46,871

46,871

591,721

2,285,886

(265,091)

1,704

(228,856)

2,430,531

Cumulative effect adjustment 
resulting from the adoption of new 
accounting standards

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive loss

Settlement of warrants

Shares issued under compensation 
plans

377

377

 Deferred compensation

3,076

200,802

(62,165)

(56,115)

38,756

399

(75,994)

(412)

56,075

(50)

(10)

3,766

470

3,076

200,802

(62,165)

(75,994)

(40)

42,899

869

Balance at December 31, 2018

47,248

47,248

574,761

2,427,599

(341,085)

1,232

(168,545)

2,539,978

Cumulative effect adjustment 
resulting from the adoption of new 
accounting standards

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive loss

Shares issued under compensation 
plans

288

288

Deferred compensation

42,092

127

(1,321)

461,466

(62,828)

(3,307)

(46)

(4)

2,572

253

(1,321)

461,466

(62,828)

(3,307)

44,952

380

Balance at December 31, 2019

47,536

$47,536 $

616,980

$2,824,916 $

(344,392)

1,182

$(165,720) $

2,979,320

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-10

 
 
  
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of significant accounting policies

Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Teleflex Incorporated and its
subsidiaries (referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our” and “Teleflex").
Intercompany transactions are eliminated in
consolidation. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and reflect management’s estimates and assumptions
that affect the recorded amounts.

Use of estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents: All highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less

are classified as cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates the current market value.

Accounts receivable:  Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers related to the sale of
products and provision of services. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained and represents our estimate of
the amount of uncollectible receivables. The allowance is provided at such time as management believes
reasonable doubt exists that such balances will be collected within a reasonable period of time. The allowance is
based on our historical collection experience with respect to the customer, the length of time an account is
outstanding, the financial position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. The allowance
for doubtful accounts as of December  31, 2019 and December  31, 2018 was $9.1  million and $9.3  million,
respectively. The current portion of the allowance for doubtful accounts, which was $5.3 million and $4.4 million as
of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, was recognized as a reduction of accounts receivable,
net.

Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of our inventories is
determined using the average cost method. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, direct labor, and
manufacturing overhead.
In estimating net realizable value, we evaluate inventory for excess and obsolete
quantities based on estimated usage and sales, among other factors.

Property, plant and equipment:  Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation. Costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage
generally are capitalized. Costs of enhancements to internal-use computer software are capitalized, provided that
these enhancements result in additional functionality. Other additions and those improvements which increase the
capacity or lengthen the useful lives of the assets are also capitalized. Composite useful lives for categories of
property, plant and equipment, which are depreciated on a straight-line basis, are as follows: buildings — 30 years;
machinery and equipment  — 3 to 15 years; computer equipment and software  — 3 to 5 years. Leasehold
improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful lives of the leasehold improvements or the remaining
lease term. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and other intangible assets: Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but
impairment annually during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in
are tested for
circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Impairment losses, if any, are included in income from
operations. The goodwill impairment test is applied to each of our reporting units. For purposes of this assessment,
a reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business one level below an operating segment (also known as a
information is prepared for that business and regularly reviewed by segment
component) if discrete financial
management. However, separate components are aggregated as a single reporting unit
they have similar
economic characteristics.

if

In performing the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but
are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the
market for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors such as
strategies and financial performance. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine it is more likely
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a two-step quantitative

F-11

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

impairment test, described below. Alternatively, we may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform the
two-step quantitative impairment test. The first step of the two-step impairment test is to compare the fair value of a
reporting unit to its carrying value. If the reporting unit fair value exceeds the carrying value, there is no impairment.
If the reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, we would perform the second step of the goodwill
impairment test, in which we would measure the amount of an impairment loss, if any, based on the amount by
which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined
by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit's identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting
unit as a whole, as if that reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value of the individual assets acquired
and liabilities assumed were being determined initially. We did not record a goodwill impairment charge for the year
ended December 31, 2019.

Our intangible assets consist of customer relationships, intellectual property, distribution rights, in-process
research and development ("IPR&D"), trade names and non-competition agreements. We define IPR&D as the
value of technology acquired for which the related projects have substance and are incomplete. IPR&D acquired in
a business acquisition is recognized at fair value and is required be capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset
until completion of the IPR&D project or upon abandonment. Upon completion of the development project (generally
when regulatory approval to market the product that utilizes the technology is obtained), an impairment assessment
is performed prior to amortizing the asset over its estimated useful life. If the IPR&D projects are abandoned, the
related IPR&D assets would be written off. 

We test our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Similar to the goodwill impairment test process, we
may elect to perform a qualitative assessment. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine it is
more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is greater than its carrying amount, the
asset is not impaired. If we conclude it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible
asset is less than the carrying value, we then proceed to a quantitative impairment test, which consists of a
comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying amount.

Intangible assets that do not have indefinite lives, consisting of intellectual property, customer relationships,
distribution rights, certain trade names and non-competition agreements, are amortized over their estimated useful
lives, which are as follows: intellectual property, 5 to 20 years; customer relationships, 8 to 27 years; distribution
rights, 10 to 17 years; trade names, 5 to 30 years; non-competition agreements, 3 to 6 years. The weighted average
remaining amortization period with respect to our intangible assets is approximately 15 years. We periodically
evaluate the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.

For the year ended December  31, 2019, we recognized a $7.0  million impairment charges related to the
abandonment of certain intellectual property intangible assets associated with our interventional product portfolio.
See Note 5 for further information.

Long-lived assets: We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The assessment is
based on various analyses, including undiscounted cash flow and profitability projections that incorporate, as
applicable,
the evaluation involves significant
management judgment. Any impairment loss, if indicated, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount
of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

the asset on the existing business.  Therefore,

the impact of

Foreign currency translation: Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with non-United States dollar denominated
functional currencies are translated into United States dollars at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date;
income and expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The translation
adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Derivative financial

instruments:  We use derivative financial

instruments primarily for purposes of hedging
exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. All instruments are entered into for other than trading
purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives
are recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as other comprehensive income (loss), if the
instrument is designated as part of a hedge transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other
comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to the consolidated statement of income in the period in which
earnings are affected by the underlying hedged item. Gains or losses on derivative instruments representing hedge
ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, if any, are recognized in the
consolidated statement of income for the period in which such gains and losses occur. If the hedging relationship

F-12

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

ceases to be highly effective or it becomes probable that an expected transaction will no longer occur, gains or
losses on the derivative instrument are recorded in the consolidated statement of income for the period in which
either such event occurs. For non-designated derivatives, gains and losses are reported as selling, general and
administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income. Cash flows from derivatives are recognized in the
consolidated statements of cash flows in a manner consistent with recognition of the underlying transactions.

Share-based compensation: We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using an
option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, which is derived, in
part, following consideration of estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods.
Share-based compensation expense related to stock options is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing
model that takes into account subjective and complex assumptions with respect to the expected life of the options,
volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. The expected life of options granted is derived from the
vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents the period of time that options
granted are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatility is based on a blend of historical volatility and implied
volatility derived from publicly traded options to purchase our common stock, which we believe is more reflective of
market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than would be the case if we only used historical
volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on United States (or "U.S.") Treasury zero-
coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option. Forfeitures are estimated at the time
of grant based on management’s expectations regarding the extent to which awards ultimately will vest and are
adjusted for actual forfeitures when they occur.

Income taxes: The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting
for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized to reflect the future tax
consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets
and liabilities and their tax bases, and to reflect operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The provision for
income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during
the year. Provision has been made for income taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates, except to
the extent that such earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. We
establish additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are supportable, there
remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which is a tax position that is more
likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. In the normal course of
business, we are examined by various federal, state and non-U.S. tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential
outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the
adequacy of its provision for income taxes. Interest accrued with respect to unrecognized tax benefits and income
tax related penalties are both included in taxes on income from continuing operations. We periodically assess the
likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjusts the income tax provision, the current tax liability and
deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to an adjustment become known.

Pensions and other postretirement benefits: We provide a range of benefits to eligible employees and retired
employees, including benefits available pursuant to pension and postretirement healthcare benefits plans. We
record annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions
such as discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, turnover rates and
healthcare cost trend rates. We review our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to
the assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate. The effect of the modifications is generally
amortized over future periods.

Restructuring costs:  Restructuring costs, which include termination benefits, facility closure costs, contract
termination costs and other restructuring costs, are recorded at estimated fair value. Other restructuring costs
include facility closure, contract termination, employee relocation, equipment relocation and outplacement costs.
Key assumptions used in calculating the restructuring costs include the terms of, and payments under, agreements
to terminate certain contractual obligations and the timing of reductions in force.

Contingent consideration related to business acquisitions: In connection with business acquisitions, we may be
required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of specified objectives such as receipt
of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product or achievement of sales targets. As of the acquisition date,
we record a contingent liability representing the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration that we expect
to pay. We remeasure the fair value of our contingent consideration arrangements each reporting period and,
based on new developments, records changes in fair value until either the contingent consideration obligation is

F-13

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

satisfied through payment upon the achievement of, or the obligation no longer exists due to the failure to achieve,
the specified objectives. The change in the fair value is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in
the consolidated statement of income. A contingent consideration payment is classified as a financing activity in the
consolidated statement of cash flows to the extent it was recorded as a liability as of the acquisition date. Any
additional amount paid in excess of the amount initially accrued is classified as an operating activity in the
consolidated statement of cash flows.

Revenue recognition:  We primarily generate revenue from the sale of medical devices including single use
disposable devices and, to a lesser extent, reusable devices, instruments and capital equipment. Revenue is
recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied; this occurs upon the
transfer of control of the products. Generally, transfer of control to the customer occurs at the point in time when our
products are shipped from the manufacturing or distribution facility. For the OEM segment, most revenue is
recognized over time because the OEM segment generates revenue from the sale of custom products that have no
alternative use and we have an enforceable right to payment to the extent that performance has been completed.
We market and sell products through our direct sales force and distributors to customers within the following end
markets: (1) hospitals and healthcare providers; (2) other medical device manufacturers; and (3) home care
providers such as pharmacies, which represented 88%, 9% and 3% of our consolidated net revenues, respectively,
for the 12 months ended December 31, 2019. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to
receive in exchange for transferring goods. With respect to the custom products sold in the OEM segment, revenue
is measured using the units produced output method. Payment is generally due 30 days from the date of invoice.

We have made the following revenue accounting policy elections and elected to use certain practical
expedients: (1) we account for amounts collected from customers for sales and other taxes, net of related amounts
remitted to tax authorities; (2) we do not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant
financing component because, at contract inception, we expect the period between the time when we transfer a
promised good or service to the customer and the time when the customer pays for that good or service will be one
year or less; (3) we expense costs to obtain a contract as they are incurred if the expected period of benefit, and
therefore the amortization period, is one year or less; (4) we account for shipping and handling activities that occur
after control transfers to the customer as a fulfillment cost rather than an additional promised service; (5) we classify
shipping and handling costs within cost of goods sold; and (6) with respect to the OEM segment, we have applied
the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of remaining performance obligations as the contracts typically have a
term of one year or less.

The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies as a result of changes in customer
sales incentives, including discounts and rebates, and returns offered to customers. The estimate of revenue is
adjusted upon the earlier of the following events: (i) the most likely amount of consideration expected to be received
changes or (ii) the consideration becomes fixed. Our policy is to accept returns only in cases in which the product is
to return
defective and covered under our standard warranty provisions. When we give customers the right
products, we estimate the expected returns based on an analysis of historical experience. The liability for returns
and allowances was $7.2 million and $4.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In estimating
customer rebates, we consider the lag time between the point of sale and the payment of the customer’s rebate
including stated rebate rates, historical
claim, customer-specific trend analyses, contractual commitments,
experience with respect to specific customers (as we have a history of providing similar rebates on similar products
to similar customers) and other relevant information. The reserve for customer incentive programs, including
customer rebates, was $21.6 million and $18.1 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We expect
the amounts subject to the reserve as of December 31, 2019 to be paid within 90 days subsequent to period-end.

Leases: We have made an accounting policy election not to apply the lease accounting recognition provisions
to short term leases (leases with a lease term of 12 months or less that do not include an option to purchase the
underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise); instead, we will recognize the lease payments for
short term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In addition, we have elected to apply certain practical
expedients available under the new lease guidance effective January 1, 2019. As a result, and in connection with
the transition to the new guidance, we did not reassess (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain
leases, (ii) the classification of any expired or existing leases, or (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. We
applied the practical expedients described above to our entire lease portfolio at the January 1, 2019 adoption date.
Furthermore, as permitted under the new guidance, we have made, as a practical expedient, an accounting policy
election to not separate lease and non-lease components and instead will account
for each separate lease
component and the non-lease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component.

F-14

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 2 — Recently issued accounting standards

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance that changes the
requirements for accounting for leases. Under the new guidance, in connection with a lease as to which an entity is
a lessee, the entity generally must recognize a right-to-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet, initially
measured as the present value of lease payments under the lease. Under previous guidance, operating leases were
not recognized on the balance sheet. We adopted the new standard on January 1, 2019 using a modified
retrospective transition approach, which requires leases existing at, or entered into after, January 1, 2019 to be
recognized and measured in the consolidated balance sheet. We recognized additional net lease assets and lease
liabilities of $105.3 million and $106.6 million, respectively, upon adoption of the guidance. The difference between
the additional lease assets and lease liabilities was recorded as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings. Prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to reflect our historical accounting. Additional
information and disclosures required by the new guidance are contained in Note 9.

In February 2018, the FASB issued new guidance to address a narrow-scope financial reporting issue that
arose as a consequence of federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("the TCJA").
Existing guidance requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be adjusted for a change in tax laws or rates with
the effect included in income from continuing operations in the reporting period that includes the enactment date.
The guidance is applicable even in situations in which the related income tax effects of items in accumulated other
comprehensive income were originally recognized in other comprehensive income (rather than in net income), such
as amounts related to benefit plans and hedging activity. As a result, the tax effects of items within accumulated
other comprehensive income (referred to as stranded tax effects) do not reflect the appropriate tax rate. The new
guidance, which was effective January 1, 2019, permits reclassification of these amounts from accumulated other
comprehensive income to retained earnings thereby eliminating the stranded tax effects. The new guidance also
requires certain disclosures about the stranded tax effects. We elected not to reclassify stranded tax effects from
accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.

In June 2016, the FASB issued new guidance that changes the methodology to be used to measure credit
losses for certain financial instruments and financial assets, including trade receivables. Under current guidance, an
entity reflects credit losses on financial assets measured on an amortized cost basis only when it is probable that
losses have been incurred, generally considering only past events and current conditions in determining incurred
loss. The new guidance requires the recognition of an allowance that reflects the current estimate of credit losses
expected to be incurred over the life of the financial asset, based not only on historical experience and current
conditions, but also on reasonable forecasts. The main objective of the new guidance is to provide financial
statement users with more useful information in making decisions about the expected credit losses on financial
instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The new
guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal
years. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted the new guidance on a modified retrospective basis through a
cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings on January 1, 2020. The adoption of the guidance did not have a
material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued new guidance that simplifies various aspects of accounting for income
taxes including those related to the step-up in the tax basis of goodwill, intraperiod tax allocations and the interim
period effects of changes in tax laws or rates. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The majority of
the modifications under the new guidance will be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-
effect adjustment to retained earnings on January 1, 2021. We are currently evaluating the impact the guidance will
have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued guidance to simplify the quantitative test for goodwill impairment. Under
current guidance, if a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, the entity must determine the implied
value of goodwill. This determination is made by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit’s identifiable assets and
liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole as if the reporting unit had just been acquired. Under the
new guidance, a determination of the implied value of goodwill will no longer be required; a goodwill impairment will
be equal to the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying
amount of goodwill. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020 and will apply it, as applicable, to impairment
testing we perform in 2020 and future years. The adoption of the guidance did not have an impact on the
consolidated financial statements.

F-15

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

From time to time, new accounting guidance issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies is adopted as
of the specified effective date or, when permitted by the guidance and as determined by us, as of an earlier date.
We have assessed recently issued guidance that is not yet effective, except as noted above, and believe the new
guidance that we have assessed will not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial
position.

Note 3 - Net revenues

The following table disaggregates revenue by global product category for the year ended December 31, 2019,

2018 and 2017.

Vascular access

Anesthesia

Interventional

Surgical

Interventional urology

OEM
Other (1)

Net revenues (2)

Year Ended December 31

2019

2018

2017

$

600,874 $

575,327 $

(Dollars in thousands)

338,413

427,563

370,074

290,449

220,717

347,272

349,370

395,423

358,707

196,735

205,976

366,845

540,234

344,599

324,681

356,156

38,957

182,967

358,709

$

2,595,362 $

2,448,383 $

2,146,303

(1) Revenues in the "Other" category in the table above include revenues generated from sales of our respiratory and urology products (other

than interventional urology products).

(2)

The product categories listed above are presented on a global basis, while each of our reportable segments other than the OEM
reportable segment are defined based on the geographic location of its operations; the OEM reportable segment operates globally. Each
of the geographically based reportable segments include net revenues from each of the non-OEM product categories listed above.

Note 4 — Acquisitions and Divestitures

2019 Divestitures

On February 4, 2019, we sold substantially all of the assets related to our vein catheter reprocessing business
for $12.6 million. We recognized a $2.7 million pre-tax gain on the sale of assets, which represents the excess of
the $9.7 million fair value of consideration received over the carrying value of the assets sold. In connection with the
sale, the purchaser of the assets issued a secured promissory note to us in the principal amount of $10.5 million.
The purchaser's obligations under the notes are secured by a lien on substantially all of the purchaser's assets. The
purchaser is obligated to repay the principal amount of the promissory note in annual installments of $2.1 million on
each of the first five anniversaries of the date of sale. On the date of sale, the fair value of the promissory note was
$7.6  million, which we calculated by applying a discount
the
creditworthiness of the purchaser. As of December  31, 2019, we had $6.8  million in receivables related to the
promissory note, of which $2.3 million and $4.5 million are included in accounts receivable, net and other assets,
respectively, within the consolidated balance sheet.

rate determined after

taking into account

2018 Acquisitions

In October 2018, we acquired Essential Medical, Inc., a medical device company that developed the MANTA
Vascular Closure Device, which is designed for closure of
large bore arteriotomies and complements our
interventional product portfolio. The fair value of the consideration transferred was $114.7 million, which included an
initial payment of $60.4 million and $54.3 million in estimated fair value of contingent consideration. The contingent
consideration liability represents the estimated fair value of our obligations (using a Monte Carlo valuation
approach), under the acquisition agreement, to make additional payments of up to $100 million if certain sales and
regulatory goals are met. See Note 12 for additional
information related to the fair value measurement of the
the assets acquired principally consist of
contingent consideration. Based on the purchase price allocation,
$103.2 million of intellectual property, $2.0 million of customer relationship assets and $30.1 million of goodwill. The
intangible assets are being amortized over a useful life of 20 years. Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents
revenue growth attributable to anticipated increased market penetration from acquired products and future
customers and is not tax deductible.

F-16

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Other acquisitions

During 2018, we also completed acquisitions related to our surgical and interventional product portfolios and
distributor to direct sales conversions. The total fair value of the consideration transferred in connection with these
transactions was $62.5 million.

Pro forma information for 2018 acquisitions is not presented as the operations of the acquired businesses are

not material to our overall operations.

Pro forma combined financial information

to the 2017 acquisitions of Vascular Solutions,

The following unaudited pro forma combined financial

information for the years ended December 31, 2017
gives effect
Inc
("NeoTract") as if they were completed at the beginning of 2016. The operating results of the Vascular Solutions and
NeoTract acquisitions are included in our interventional and interventional urology product categories, respectively.
The pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the
results of operations that actually would have occurred under our ownership and management.

("Vascular Solutions") and NeoTract,

Inc.

Net revenue

Net income

Basic earnings per common share:

Net income

Diluted earnings per common share:

Net income

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

$

$

$

$

2017

(unaudited)

2,255,696

119,934

2.66

2.57

45,004

46,664

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information presented above includes the accounting effects of the
Vascular Solutions and NeoTract acquisitions,
to the extent applicable, amortization charges from
acquired intangible assets; adjustments for depreciation of property, plant and equipment; interest expense; and the
related tax effects.

including,

Supplemental cash flow information

Non cash investing and financing activities of continuing operations:

Acquisition of businesses

$

— $

54,696 $

261,733

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

F-17

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 5 — Restructuring and impairment charges

We have ongoing restructuring programs related to the relocation of manufacturing operations to existing lower-
cost locations and related workforce reductions (referred to as our 2019, 2018 and 2014 Footprint realignment
plans). The following tables provide a summary of our cost estimates and other information associated with these
ongoing plans:

Program expense estimates:
Termination benefits
Other costs (1)

Restructuring charges

Restructuring related charges (2)

Total restructuring and restructuring 
related charges

Other program estimates:

Expected cash outlays

Expected capital expenditures

Other program information:

Period initiated

2019 Footprint 
realignment plan

2018 Footprint 
realignment plan

2014 Footprint 
realignment plan

$19 to $23
1 to 2

20 to 25

36 to 45

(Dollars in millions)
$60 to $70

2 to 4

62  to 74

40 to 59

$12 to $13

1 to 2

13 to 15

34 to 37

$56 to $70

$102  to $133

$47 to $52

$53 to $66

$29 to $35

$99 to $127

$19  to $23

$38 to $43

$25 to $30

February 2019

May 2018 

April 2014

Estimated period of substantial completion

Aggregate restructuring charges

Restructuring related charges incurred:

For year ended December 31, 2019

Aggregate restructuring related charges

2022

$13.8

$6.1

$6.6

2024

$54.1

$3.0

$7.2

2021

$13.0

$3.2

$32.2

Includes facility closure, employee relocation, equipment relocation and outplacement costs.

(1)
(2) Restructuring related charges represent costs that are directly related to the programs and principally constitute costs to transfer 

manufacturing operations to the existing lower-cost locations, project management costs and accelerated depreciation.  The 2018 
Footprint realignment plan also includes a charge associated with our exit from the facilities that is expected to be imposed by the 
taxing authority in the affected jurisdiction.  Excluding this tax charge, substantially all of these charges are expected to be recognized 
within cost of goods sold. 

The following table summarizes the restructuring reserve activity related to our 2019, 2018 and 2014 Footprint

realignment plans:

2019 Footprint 
realignment plan

2018 Footprint 
realignment plan

2014 Footprint 
realignment plan

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2017

$

— $

— $

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Foreign currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2018

Subsequent accruals

Cash payments

Foreign currency translation and other

—

—

—

—

13,753

(1,602)

(281)

54,993

(4,503)

(2,016)

48,474

(939)

(3,628)

367

Balance at December 31, 2019 (1)

$

11,870 $

44,274 $

3,926

830

(820)

—

3,936

313

(580)

—

3,669

(1) The restructuring reserves as of December 31, 2019 , 2018 and 2017 consisted mainly of accruals related to termination benefits.  

Most of the Other costs (facility closure, employee relocation, equipment relocation and outplacement costs) were expensed and paid 
in the same period.

F-18

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The restructuring and impairment charges recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

consisted of the following:

2019 Footprint realignment plan

2018 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (2)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

2019

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

$

13,683 $

70 $

(Dollars in thousands)

(1,787)

787

12,683

—

848

1,638

2,556

6,966

Total restructuring and impairment charges

$

12,683 $

9,522 $

13,753

(939)

2,425

15,239

6,966

22,205

2018 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (3)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

Total restructuring and impairment charges

2017 Vascular Solutions integration program (4)
2017 EMEA restructuring program (5)
Other restructuring programs (6)
Total restructuring charges

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

2018

(Dollars in thousands)

53,992 $

1,001 $

3,820

57,812

—

1,307

2,308

19,110

57,812 $

21,418 $

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

5,377 $

4,921

3,018

118 $

280

1,076

13,316 $

1,474 $

$

$

$

$

54,993

5,127

60,120

19,110

79,230

5,495

5,201

4,094

14,790

(1)   Includes facility closure, contract termination and other exit costs. 
(2)   Includes activity primarily related to a restructuring program initiated in the third quarter of 2019 that is designed to reduce costs and 
improve efficiencies through reorganizations within several businesses and certain corporate functions and the 2014 Footprint 
realignment plan.

(3)  Includes activity primarily related to the 2016 Footprint realignment plan, which is substantially complete, and the 2014 Footprint 

realignment plan, as well as the 2017 Vascular Solutions integration program and the 2017 EMEA restructuring program, both of which 
are described below.

(4)  The program was initiated in 2017 and was related to the integration of Vascular Solutions into Teleflex and has been substantially 

completed.

(5)   The program was initiated in 2017 to centralize certain administrative functions in Europe and has been substantially completed.
(6)  Includes activity primarily related to the 2016 Footprint realignment plan, the 2014 Footprint realignment plan and the other 2016 

restructuring programs.

Impairment Charges

For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we recorded impairment charges of $7.0  million and
$19.1  million, respectively, related to our decision to abandon certain intellectual property and other assets
associated with our interventional product portfolio. There were no impairment charges recorded for the year ended
December 31, 2017.

F-19

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 6 — Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consist of the following:

Raw materials

Work-in-process

Finished goods

Inventories

2019

2018

(Dollars in thousands)

$

114,302 $

111,105

71,479

290,776

62,334

254,339

$

476,557 $

427,778

Note 7 — Property, plant and equipment

The major classes of property, plant and equipment, at cost, at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows: 

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements

Machinery and equipment

Computer equipment and software

Construction in progress

Less: Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

Supplemental cash flow information

2019

2018

(Dollars in thousands)

$

248,067 $

224,605

443,612

158,574

63,991

914,244

421,873

137,899

105,319

889,696

(483,525)

(456,930)

$

430,719 $

432,766

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

Non cash investing and financing activities of continuing operations:
Property, plant and equipment additions due to build-to-suit lease 
transactions

$

— $

29,448 $

—

Note 8 — Goodwill and other intangible assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable operating segment,

for

the years ended

December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2017
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

$

Goodwill related to acquisitions
Translation and other adjustments
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Goodwill related to acquisitions
Translation and other adjustments
Balance as of December 31, 2019

1,859,089 $
(332,128)
1,526,961
29,345
(6,772)
1,549,534
439
952

$

1,550,925 $

(Dollars in thousands)

494,548 $

209,200 $

—
494,548
4,730
(18,663)
480,615
189
(5,032)
475,772 $

—
209,200
6,590
(4,243)
211,547
1,205
973
213,725 $

4,883 $
—
4,883
—
—
4,883
—
—
4,883 $

2,567,720
(332,128)
2,235,592
40,665
(29,678)
2,246,579
1,833
(3,107)
2,245,305

F-20

 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Intangible assets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

Customer relationships

Gross Carrying Amount

Accumulated Amortization

2019

2018

2019

2018

(Dollars in thousands)
$ 1,021,852 $ 1,030,194 $ (367,585) $ (322,972)

In-process research and development

27,940

28,457

—

—

Intellectual property

Distribution rights

Trade names

Non-compete agreements

1,351,990

1,363,516

(402,340)

(322,539)

23,369

563,315

22,618

23,465

565,070

23,004

(18,859)

(50,718)

(15,297)

(17,860)

(36,379)

(8,904)

$ 3,011,084 $ 3,033,706 $ (854,799) $ (708,654)

As of December  31, 2019, trade names having a carrying value of $233.8 million are considered indefinite-
lived. Acquired IPR&D is indefinite-lived until the completion of the related development project, at which point
amortization of the carrying value of the technology will commence.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $150.0 million, $149.5 million, and $98.8 million for the
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Estimated annual amortization expense for each of
the five succeeding years is as follows:

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Note 9 — Leases

$

(Dollars in thousands)

148,800

147,200

142,600

141,600

139,500

We have operating leases for various types of properties, consisting of manufacturing plants, engineering
and research centers, distribution warehouses, offices and other facilities, and equipment used in operations. Some
leases provide us with an option, exercisable at our sole discretion, to terminate the lease or extend the lease term
for one or more years. When measuring assets and liabilities arising from a lease that provides us with an option to
extend the lease term, we take into account payments to be made in the optional extension period when it is
reasonably certain that we will exercise the option. Total lease cost (all of which related to operating leases) was
$30.2 million, $32.6 million and $31.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Maturities of lease liabilities

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025 and thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: interest

Present value of lease liabilities

December 31, 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

25,323

24,263

22,484

17,653

13,688

40,704

144,115

(21,894)
122,221

$

$

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Supplemental information

Total lease liabilities (1)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities within 
operating cash flows

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations

$

$

$

Weighted average remaining lease term

Weighted average discount rate
(1) The current portion of the operating lease liability is included in other current liabilities.

December 31, 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

122,221

26,458

37,673

7.2 years

4.4 %

As of December 31, 2018, minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases were expected to

be as follows:

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024 and thereafter

Note 10 — Borrowings

Our borrowings at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Senior Credit Facility:

Revolving credit facility, at a rate of 3.12% at December 31, 2019, and 4.27% at 
December 31, 2018, due 2024
Term loan facility, at a rate of 3.17% at December 31, 2019 and 4.27% at 
December 31 2018, due 2022

5.25% Senior Notes due 2024

4.875% Senior Notes due 2026

4.625% Senior Notes due 2027
Securitization program, at a rate of 2.51% at December 31, 2019 and 3.25% at 
December 31, 2018

Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs

Current portion of borrowings

Long-term borrowings

Senior credit facility

$

December 31, 2018

(Dollars in thousands)

25,294

23,216

21,419

19,460

17,403

41,368

2019

2018

(Dollars in thousands)

$

300,000 $

293,000

673,000

—

400,000

500,000

683,500

250,000

400,000

500,000

50,000
1,923,000

50,000
2,176,500

(14,057)

(17,675)

1,908,943

2,158,825

(50,000)

(86,625)

$ 1,858,943 $ 2,072,200

On April 5, 2019, we amended and restated our existing credit agreement by entering into a Second Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement"), which provides for a five-year revolving credit facility of
$1.0 billion and a term loan facility of $700.0 million (the "Credit Agreement"). Our obligations under the Credit
to certain exceptions and limitations) by substantially all of our material
Agreement are guaranteed (subject
domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured, subject to certain exceptions and
limitations, by a lien on substantially all of the assets owned by us and each guarantor. The maturity date of the
revolving credit facility and the term loan facility under the Credit Agreement is April 5, 2024.

F-22

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

At our option, loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to adjusted LIBOR plus an
applicable margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.00% or at an alternate base rate, which generally is defined as the
highest of (i) the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) 0.5% above the greater of the
federal funds rate and the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurodollar borrowings and
(iii) 1% above adjusted LIBOR for a one month interest period, plus in each case an applicable margin ranging from
0.125% to 1.00%, in each case subject to adjustments based on our consolidated total net leverage ratio. Overdue
loans will bear interest at the rate otherwise applicable to such loans plus 2.00%.

liens,

indebtedness, additional

fundamental changes, dispositions of property,

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and covenants that, in each case,
subject to certain exceptions, qualifications and thresholds, (a) place limitations on us regarding the incurrence of
additional
investments and
acquisitions, dividends and other restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, restrictive agreements, changes in
lines of business and swap agreements, and (b) require us to comply with sanction laws and other laws and
agreements, to deliver financial
information and certain other information and give notice of certain events, to
maintain their existence and good standing, to pay their other obligations, to permit the administrative agent and the
lenders to inspect their books and property, to use the proceeds of the Credit Agreement only for certain permitted
in the future. Subject to certain exceptions, we are required to maintain a
purposes and to provide collateral
maximum consolidated total net leverage ratio of 4.50 to 1.00. We are further required to maintain a minimum
consolidated interest coverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00.

We capitalized $4.0  million related to transaction fees, including underwriters' discounts and commissions

incurred in connection with the second amendment to the Credit Agreement.

5.25% Senior notes due 2024

On October 31, 2019, we issued a notice of redemption to holders of our outstanding $250 million aggregate
principal amount of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”). Pursuant to the notice of redemption, the
2024 Notes were redeemed on November 15, 2019 (the “Redemption Date”) at a redemption price equal to
102.625% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including, the
Redemption Date. We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $8.8  million in 2019 as a result of the
redemption of the 2024 Notes.

4.875% Senior notes due 2026

In 2016, we issued $400.0 million of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026 (the "2026 Notes"). We pay interest on
the 2026 Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 at a rate of 4.875% per year. The 2026 Notes mature on
June 1, 2026, unless earlier redeemed by us at our option, as described below, or purchased by us at the holder’s
option under specified circumstances following a Change of Control or Asset Sale (each as defined in the Indenture
related to the 2026 Notes) or upon our election to exercise its optional redemption rights, as described below.

Our obligations under the 2026 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each
of our existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor or other obligor under the Credit
Agreement and by certain of the other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries. See Note 19 for further information
regarding the guarantors under the 2026 Notes.

At any time on or after June 1, 2021, we may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2026
Notes at a redemption price of 102.438% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes subject to redemption,
declining, in annual increments of 0.813%, to 100% of the principal amount on June 1, 2024, plus accrued and
unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2021, we may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or
all of the 2026 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes redeemed, plus
a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” premium is the greater of (a)
1.0% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes subject to redemption or (b) the excess, if any, over the principal
amount of the 2026 Notes of the present value, on the redemption date of the sum of (i) the June 1, 2021 optional
redemption price plus (ii) all required interest payments on the 2026 Notes through June 1, 2021 (other than
accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), generally computed using a discount rate equal to the yield to
maturity of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity for the period most nearly equal to the period from the
redemption date to June 1, 2021 (unless the period is less than one year, in which case the weekly average yield on
traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used), plus 50 basis points.

F-23

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The indenture relating to the 2026 Notes contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain
exceptions, limit or restrict our ability to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock or other disqualified stock;
create liens; merge, consolidate or dispose of certain assets, make investments or make other restricted payments;
or enter into transactions with affiliates.

4.625% Senior notes due 2027

In 2017, we issued $500.0 million of 4.625% Senior Notes due 2027 (the "2027 Notes"). We pay interest on
the 2027 Notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15, commencing on May 15, 2018, at a rate of 4.625% per
year. The 2027 Notes mature on November 15, 2027 unless earlier redeemed by us at our option, as described
below, or purchased by us at the holder’s option under specified circumstances following a Change of Control or
Asset Sale (each as defined in the indenture related to the 2027 Notes), coupled with a downgrade in the ratings of
the 2027 Notes, or upon our election to exercise our optional redemption rights, as described below. We incurred
transaction fees of $7.9 million, including underwriters’ discounts and commissions, in connection with the offering
of the 2027 Notes, which were recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to long-term borrowings
and are being amortized over the term of the 2027 Notes. We used the net proceeds from the offering to repay
borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Our obligations under the 2027 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each
of our existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor or other obligor under the Credit
Agreement and by certain of our other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries. See Note 19 for further information
regarding the guarantors under the 2027 Notes.

At any time on or after November 15, 2022, we may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the
2027 Notes at a redemption price of 102.313% of the principal amount of the 2027 Notes subject to redemption,
declining, in annual increments of 0.771%, to 100% of the principal amount on November 15, 2025, plus accrued
and unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to November 15, 2022, we may, on one or more occasions,
redeem some or all of the 2027 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2027
Notes redeemed, plus a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” premium
is the greater of (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of the 2027 Notes subject to redemption or (b) the excess, if any,
over the principal amount of the 2027 Notes of the present value, on the redemption date of the sum of (i) the
November 15, 2022 optional redemption price plus (ii) all required interest payments on the 2027 Notes through
November 15, 2022 (other than accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), generally computed using a
discount rate equal to the yield to maturity of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity for the period most
nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2022 (unless the period is less than one year,
in which case the weekly average yield on traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one
year will be used), plus 50 basis points.

In addition, at any time prior to November 15, 2020, we may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of
the aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Notes, using the proceeds of specified types of Company equity
offerings and subject to specified conditions, at a redemption price equal to 104.625% of the principal amount of the
Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture relating to the 2027 Notes contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain
exceptions, limit or restrict our ability to create liens; merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of our assets; or enter into sale leaseback transactions.

Securitization program

We have an accounts receivable securitization facility under which accounts receivable of certain domestic
subsidiaries are sold on a non-recourse basis to a special purpose entity (“SPE”), which is a bankruptcy-remote,
consolidated subsidiary of Teleflex. Accordingly, the assets of the SPE are not available to satisfy the obligations of
Teleflex or any of its subsidiaries. The SPE sells undivided interests in those receivables to an asset backed
commercial paper conduit for consideration of up to $50.0 million. This facility is utilized from time to time to provide
increased flexibility in funding short term working capital requirements. The agreement governing the accounts
receivable securitization facility contains certain covenants and termination events. An occurrence of an event of
default or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of its counterparty to terminate this facility.
As of December  31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants, and none of the termination events had
occurred. As of both December  31, 2019 and 2018, we had $50.0 million (the maximum amount available) of
outstanding borrowings under its accounts receivable securitization facility.

F-24

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fair value of long-term debt

To determine the fair value of our debt for which quoted prices are not available, we use a discounted cash flow
technique that incorporates a market interest yield curve with adjustments for duration, optionality and risk profile.
Our implied credit rating is a factor in determining the market interest yield curve. The following table provides the
fair value of our debt as of December  31, 2019 and 2018, which is valued based on Level 2 inputs within the
hierarchy used to measure fair value (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further information):

Fair value of debt

Debt Maturities

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

(Dollars in thousands)

$

1,974,918 $

2,145,473

As of December  31, 2019, the aggregate amounts of long-term debt, demand loans and debt under our

securitization program that will mature during each of the next four years and thereafter were as follows:

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024 and thereafter

Supplemental cash flow information

(Dollars in thousands)

$

50,000
25,500

35,000

43,750

1,768,750

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash interest paid

$

95,954 $

101,790 $

74,256

Note 11 — Financial instruments

Foreign currency forward contracts 

We use derivative instruments for risk management purposes. Foreign currency forward contracts designated
as cash flows hedges are used to manage foreign currency transaction exposure. Foreign currency forward
contracts not designated as hedges for accounting purposes are used to manage exposure related to near term
foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. We enter into the non-designated foreign currency
forward contracts for periods consistent with its currency exposures, which generally approximate one month. For
the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we recognized losses related to non-designated foreign currency
forward contracts of $3.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

The total notional amount for all open foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $132.0 million and $115.3 million, respectively. The total notional amount for all
open non-designated foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $145.1 million and
$125.9 million, respectively. All open foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2019 have durations of
12 months or less.

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

During 2019, we entered into cross-currency swap agreements with five different

institution
counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. Under the terms of
the cross-currency swap agreements, we have notionally exchanged $250  million at an annual
interest rate of
4.8750% for €219.2  million at an annual
interest rate of 2.4595%. The swap agreements are designed as net
investment hedges and expire on March 4, 2024.

financial

During 2018, we entered into cross-currency swap agreements with six different

institution
counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. Under the terms of
the cross-currency swap agreements, we have notionally exchanged $500 million at an annual
interest rate of
4.625% for €433.9 million at an annual
interest rate of 1.942%. The swap agreements are designated as net
investment hedges and expire on October 4, 2023.

financial

F-25

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The swap agreements described above require an exchange of the notional amounts upon expiration or earlier
termination of the agreements. We and the counterparties have agreed to effect the exchange through a net
settlement.

The cross-currency swaps are marked to market at each reporting date and any changes in fair value are
recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI") while the accrued interest
is recognized in interest expense in the statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
we recognized foreign exchange gain of $20.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively, in foreign currency translation
adjustments within AOCI related to the cross-currency swaps. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
we recognized $18.9 million and $3.3 million, respectively, in interest benefit related to the cross-currency swaps.

Balance sheet presentation

The following table presents the locations in the consolidated balance sheets and fair value of derivative

instruments as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Fair Value

(Dollars in thousands)

Asset derivatives:

Designated foreign currency forward contracts

$

1,659 $

Non-designated foreign currency forward contracts

Cross-currency interest rate swap

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Cross-currency interest rate swap 

Other assets

Total asset derivatives

Liability derivatives:

Designated foreign currency forward contracts

Non-designated foreign currency forward contracts

Other current liabilities

Cross-currency interest rate swap

Other liabilities

Total liability derivatives

192

21,575

23,426

13,066

13,066

36,492

1,285

102

1,387

—

—

$

1,387 $

1,216

106

14,728

16,050

—

—

16,050

524

264

788

7,793

7,793

8,581

See Note 13 for information on the location and amount of gains and losses attributable to derivatives that were

reclassified from AOCI to expense (income), net of tax.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, there was no ineffectiveness related to our hedging

derivatives.

Note 12 — Fair value measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability, using
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Under GAAP, there is a three-level
hierarchy of the inputs (i.e., assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability) used to
measure fair value. The categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is
significant to the entire fair value measurement.

The levels of inputs within the hierarchy used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 — inputs to the fair value measurement that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for

identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — inputs to the fair value measurement that include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in
active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other
than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or
corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

F-26

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Level 3 — inputs to the fair value measurement that are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The following tables provide information regarding our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on

a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

December 31, 2019

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Basis of fair value measurement

(Dollars in thousands)

Investments in marketable securities

$

10,926 $

10,926 $

— $

Derivative assets

Derivative liabilities

Contingent consideration liabilities

36,492

1,387

219,908

—

—

—

36,492

1,387

—

—

—

—

219,908

December 31, 2018

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Basis of fair value measurement

Investments in marketable securities
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities
Contingent consideration liabilities

$

8,671 $

16,050
8,581
304,248

(Dollars in thousands)

8,671 $
—
—
—

— $

16,050
8,581
—

—
—
—
304,248

There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities among Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 within the fair value

hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018.

Valuation Techniques

Our financial assets valued based upon Level 1 inputs are comprised of investments in marketable securities
held in trust, which are available to satisfy benefit obligations under Company benefit plans and other
arrangements. The investment assets of the trust are valued using quoted market prices.

Our financial assets and liabilities valued based upon Level 2 inputs are comprised of foreign currency forward
contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements. We use foreign currency forward contracts and cross-
currency interest rate swap agreements to manage foreign currency transaction exposure as well as exposure to
foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. We measure the fair value of the foreign currency
forward and cross-currency swap agreements by calculating the amount required to enter into offsetting contracts
with similar remaining maturities, based on quoted market prices, and taking into account the creditworthiness of the
counterparties.

Our

financial

liabilities valued based upon Level  3 inputs are comprised of contingent consideration

arrangements pertaining to our acquisitions.

Contingent consideration

Contingent consideration liabilities, which primarily consist of payment obligations that are contingent upon the
achievement of revenue-based goals, but also can be based on other milestones such as regulatory approvals, are
remeasured to fair value each reporting period using assumptions including estimated revenues (based on internal
operational budgets and long-range strategic plans), discount rates, probability of payment and projected payment
dates.

We determine the fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities related to the NeoTract and Essential
Medical acquisitions, which represent most of our contingent consideration liabilities as of December 31, 2019,
using a Monte Carlo simulation (which involves a simulation of future revenues during the earn-out period using
Increases in projected
management's best estimates) or other probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis.
revenues, estimated cash flows and probabilities of payment may result
fair value
measurements; decreases in these items may have the opposite effect.
Increases in the discount rates in periods
prior to payment may result in significantly lower fair value measurements and decreases in the discount rates may
have the opposite effect. As of December 31, 2019, the maximum amount we could be required to pay under the
contingent consideration arrangements related to the NeoTract and Essential Medical acquisitions was
$263.2 million.

in significantly higher

F-27

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The table below provides additional

information regarding the valuation technique and inputs used in

determining the fair value of contingent consideration.

Contingent Consideration Liability

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range

Milestone-based payment

Revenue-based

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

Projected year of payment

2.8% - 3.3%

2020 - 2023

Monte Carlo simulation

Revenue volatility

Risk free rate

19.0% - 23.5%

Cost of debt structure

Projected year of payment

2020 - 2022

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

Projected year of payment

10% 

2020 - 2029

The following table provides information regarding changes in our contingent consideration liabilities for the

years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Beginning balance – January 1

Initial estimate upon acquisition
Payments (1)
Revaluations

Translation adjustment

Ending balance – December 31

2019

2018

(Dollars in thousands)

$

304,248 $

272,136

—

(138,171)

53,915

(84)

54,696

(75,335)

52,977

(226)

$

219,908 $

304,248

(1) Consists mainly of a $106.8 million payment associated with our acquisition of NeoTract and resulting from the achievement of a revenue-
based goal for the period from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 and $30.0 million of payments associated with our acquisition of Essential
Medical and resulting from achievement of a regulatory goal.

Note 13 — Shareholders' equity

Our authorized capital

is comprised of 200 million common shares, $1  par value, and 500,000 preference

shares. No preference shares have been outstanding during the last three years.

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner except that the
weighted average number of shares is increased to include dilutive securities. The following table provides a
reconciliation of basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Dilutive effect of share based awards

Dilutive effect of convertible notes and warrants

Diluted

2019

2018

2017

(Shares in thousands)

46,200

45,689

45,004

890

—

970

142

923

737

47,090

46,801

46,664

Weighted average shares that were antidilutive and therefore excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings
per share were 0.1 million, 0.6 million and 0.6 million for the years ended December  31, 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively.

In connection with our 2010 issuance of $400 million principal amount of convertible notes that matured in
August 2017, and as a component of hedging arrangements between Teleflex and two institutional counterparties,
we issued warrants to the counterparties, entitling them to purchase shares of our common stock. At December 31,
2018, all of the warrants were either (a) canceled as a result of warrant unwind agreements between Teleflex and
the counterparties or (b) exercised by the counterparties.

F-28

 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables provides information relating to the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income

(loss), net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Balance at December 31, 2017
Other comprehensive income (loss) before 

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income (loss)

Net current-year other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at December 31, 2018
Other comprehensive income (loss) before 

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive (loss) income

Net current-year other comprehensive (loss) income 

Cash Flow
Hedges

Pension and
Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

(Dollars in thousands)

$

340 $

(138,808) $ (126,623) $

(265,091)

2,574

1,605

(83,889)

(79,710)

(2,107)

467

807

5,823

7,428

—

(83,889)

(131,380)

(210,512)

3,716

(75,994)

(341,085)

1,062

(12,811)

4,195

(7,554)

(1,134)

(72)

5,381

(7,430)

—

4,195

4,247

(3,307)

Balance at December 31, 2019

$

735 $

(138,810) $ (206,317) $

(344,392)

The following table provides information relating to the losses (gains) recognized in the statements of income
including the reclassifications of losses (gains) in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income into expense/
(income), net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Losses (gains) on designated foreign exchange forward contracts:

Cost of goods sold

Total before tax

Taxes expense (benefit)

Net of tax

Amortization of pension and other postretirement benefits items:

Actuarial losses (1)
Prior-service credits (1)

Total before tax

Tax benefit

Net of tax

Impact on income from continuing operations, net of tax

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

$

$

$

(1,284) $

(2,270) $

(1,284)

150

(2,270)

163

(1,134) $

(2,107) $

6,930 $

7,305 $

82

7,012

(1,631)

251

7,556

(1,733)

5,381 $

5,823 $

(95)

(95)

84

(11)

6,904

105

7,009

(2,496)

4,513

4,247 $

3,716 $

4,502

(1) These accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income components are included in the computation of net benefit cost of pension and 

other postretirement benefit plans (see Note 16 for additional information).

Supplemental cash flow information

Non cash investing and financing activities of continuing operations:
Settlement and exchange of convertible notes with common or 
treasury stock
Acquisition of treasury stock from settlement and exchange of 
convertible note hedge and warrants

$

$

— $

— $

53,207

— $

56,075 $

141,405

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

F-29

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 14 — Stock compensation plans

In May 2014, our stockholders approved the Teleflex Incorporated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan")
which replaced the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (the "Prior Plans"), under which
stock options and restricted stock awards previously were granted. The 2014 Plan provides for several different
kinds of awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards and other stock-based awards to
directors, officers and key employees. Under the 2014 Plan, we are authorized to issue up to 5.3 million shares of
common stock, subject to adjustment in accordance with special share counting rules in the 2014 Plan that, among
other things, (i) count shares underlying a stock option or stock appreciation right (each, an "option award") as one
share and each share underlying any other type of award (a "stock award") as 1.8 shares, (ii) increase the shares
we are authorized to issue by one or 1.8 shares for each share underlying an option award or stock award,
respectively, under the Prior Plans that have been canceled, expired, settled in cash or forfeited after December 31,
2013 and (iii) decrease the number of shares we are authorized to issue by one share and 1.8 shares for each
share underlying an option award or stock award, respectively, granted under the Prior Plans between January 1,
2014 and the May 2, 2014 adoption of the 2014 Plan by our stockholders. Options granted under the 2014 Plan
have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the common stock on the date of the grant. In 2019, we granted,
under the 2014 Plan, non-qualified options to purchase 162,087 shares of common stock and granted restricted
stock units relating to 69,799 shares of common stock under the 2014 Plan. We also granted performance share
units (“PSUs”), as described in the following paragraph.

In 2018, we began granting PSUs to specified senior managers. The PSUs are designed to provide further
incentive to our senior management with respect to achievement of the long term financial objectives. The PSU
component of the equity incentive program is designed to provide shares of our common stock to the holder based
upon our achievement of certain financial performance criteria during a designated performance period of three
years. The number of shares to be awarded under the PSUs granted are subject to modification based upon our
total stockholder return relative to a designated group of public companies. Assuming target performance is
achieved, a total of 18,663 shares of common stock would be issuable in respect of the PSUs granted and a
maximum of 46,660 shares would be issuable in respect of such PSUs upon achievement of maximum performance
levels.

The following table summarizes the share-based compensation activity:

Share-based compensation expense
Total income tax benefit recognized for share-based compensation 
arrangements

Net excess tax benefit

2019

2018

2017

$

$

$

(Dollars in millions)

26.9 $

22.4 $

21.1 $

15.4 $

20.7 $

15.9 $

19.4

12.8

6.6

The unrecognized compensation expense for all awards granted in 2019 as of the grant date was $34.0 million,
which will be recognized over the vesting period of the awards. As of December 31, 2019, 3,357,048 shares were
available for future grants under the 2014 Plan.

Option Awards

The fair value of options granted in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-

Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life of option

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

2019

2018

2017

2.44 %

2.67 %

1.88 %

4.99 years

4.98 years

4.94 years

0.47 %

23.92 %

0.54 %

22.65 %

0.71 %

21.74 %

F-30

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the option activity during 2019:

Shares Subject to 
Options

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life In Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding, beginning of the year

1,471,449 $

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Outstanding, end of the year

Exercisable, end of the year

162,087

(291,696)

(16,308)

1,325,532

1,018,703 $

136.62

288.45

99.96

245.65

161.91

133.71

6.0

5.3

284,371

247,275

The weighted average grant date fair value for options granted during 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $68.22,
$58.16 and $39.70, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2019, 2018 and 2017 was
$64.3 million, $69.4 million and $15.7 million, respectively.

We recorded $9.6 million of expense related to options during 2019, which is included in cost of goods sold or
selling, general and administrative expenses. As of December  31, 2019,
the unamortized share-based
compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, net of expected forfeitures, was $10.6 million, which is
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years. Authorized but unissued shares of our
common stock are issued upon exercises of options.

Stock Awards

The fair value of PSUs granted in 2019 was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model. The

grant date fair value for these awards was $305.58.

The fair value for restricted stock units granted in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was estimated at the date of grant
based on the market price for the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the
present value of expected dividends over the vesting period. The following weighted-average assumptions were
used:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected dividend yield

2019

2018

2017

2.41 %

0.46 %

2.41 %

0.53 %

1.47 %

0.71 %

The following table summarizes the non-vested restricted stock unit activity during 2019:

Number of
Non-Vested
Shares

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(In years)

(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding, beginning of the year

201,812

$

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

69,799

(80,835)

(13,428)

Outstanding, end of the year

177,348

$

188.10

286.51

150.83

236.31

240.17

1.2

$

66,761

We issued 69,799, 62,221 and 82,865 of non-vested restricted stock units in 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively, the majority of which provide for vesting as to all underlying shares on the third anniversary of the grant
date. The weighted average grant-date fair value for non-vested restricted stock units granted during 2019, 2018
and 2017 was $286.51, $250.66 and $187.85, respectively.

We recorded $14.1 million of expense related to stock awards during 2019, which is included in cost of goods
sold or selling, general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2019, the unamortized share-based
compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units, net of estimated forfeitures, was $18.6 million, which
is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years. We use treasury stock to provide shares
of common stock in connection with vesting of the stock awards.

F-31

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 15 — Income taxes

The following table summarizes the components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations:

Current:

Federal

State

Non-U.S.

Deferred:

Federal

State

Non-U.S.

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

19,374 $

(1,525) $

133,621

8,220

23,690

(2,041)

(28,277)

(143,044)

1,432

29,353

(5,124)

(5,114)

4,174

5,213

35,444

(258,247)

1,459

212,158

$

(122,078) $

23,196 $

129,648

U.S. tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted on
tax law by, among other things, permanently
December 22, 2017. The legislation significantly changed U.S.
implementing a
reducing corporate income tax rates from a maximum of 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018;
territorial tax system, by generally providing for, among other things, a dividends received deduction on the foreign
source portion of dividends received from a non-U.S. corporation if specified conditions are met; and imposing a
one-time repatriation tax on undistributed post-1986 non-U.S. subsidiary earnings and profits, which are deemed
repatriated for purposes of the tax.

On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the
application of U.S. GAAP in situations where a company does not have the necessary information available,
prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income
tax effects of the TCJA. SAB 118 states that in these circumstances, if a company can determine a reasonable
estimate for the income tax effects, the SEC staff would not object if the company includes in its financial statements
the reasonable estimate it has determined (and the SEC staff also expressed its belief that it would not be
appropriate for a company to exclude a reasonable estimate from its financial statements to the extent a reasonable
estimate has been determined).

As a result of the TCJA, we reassessed and revalued our ending net deferred tax liabilities at December 31,
2017 and recognized a  $46.1 million  provisional tax benefit in our consolidated statement of income for the year
ended December 31, 2017. We also recognized a $154.0 million provisional tax expense in our consolidated
statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2017, related to the deemed repatriated earnings. We expect
to pay this tax over an eight-year period. These two provisional amounts are collectively referred to as the TCJA
Provisions.

In accordance with SAB118, during the year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized a net $2.3 million
discrete tax benefit for adjustments to the TCJA Provisions, of which, $0.2 million related to the taxes on deemed
repatriated earnings and $2.1 million related to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities; both were the
result of additional analysis, changes in interpretations and in our assumptions, and the issuance of additional
regulatory guidance. We completed the accounting for the TCJA Provisions in the fourth quarter of 2018 and we
made no further adjustments to the TCJA Provisions in 2019.

While the TCJA provides for a territorial tax system, beginning in 2018, it includes new U.S. tax base erosion

provisions, including the global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) provision.

The GILTI provisions require us to include, in our U.S. income tax return, non-U.S. subsidiary earnings in
excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. We were subject to incremental U.S. tax of
$10.7 million on GILTI income beginning in 2018. We elected to account for the GILTI tax in the period in which it is
incurred.

At December  31, 2019,

that are
considered non-permanently reinvested and for which taxes have been provided approximated $1.7 billion. At
December 31, 2019, the cumulative unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside the U.S. that are considered

the cumulative unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside the U.S.

F-32

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

permanently reinvested approximated $0.5 billion. Earnings considered permanently reinvested are expected to be
reinvested indefinitely and, as a result, no additional deferred tax liability has been recognized with regard to these
earnings. It is not practical to determine the deferred income tax liability on these earnings if, in the future, they are
remitted to the U.S. because the income tax liability to be incurred, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing
when remittance occurs.

The following table summarizes the U.S. and non-U.S.  components of income from continuing operations

before taxes:

U.S.

Non-U.S.

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

89,021 $

37,201 $

37,528

250,882

182,427

247,383

339,903 $

219,628 $

284,911

Reconciliations between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate are as follows:

Federal statutory rate

Tax effect of international items

Impacts of the TCJA
Legal entity merger - deferred taxes(1)
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation

State taxes, net of federal benefit

Uncertain tax contingencies

Contingent consideration

Intellectual property impairment charge

Research and development tax credit

Other, net

2019

2018

2017

21.0 %

21.0 %

35.0 %

(11.3)

—

(38.0)

(4.5)

(4.9)

—

3.4

—

(1.1)

(0.5)

(3.3)

(1.0)

—

(7.2)

(0.1)

(0.4)

5.3

(2.0)

(1.6)

(0.1)

(25.7)

37.9

—

(2.3)

0.1

(1.8)

0.4

—

(0.8)

2.7

(35.9)%

10.6 %

45.5 %

(1) During 2019, we recognized a discrete tax benefit of $129 million resulting from a non-U.S. legal entity restructuring that eliminated the

requirement to provide for withholding taxes on the future repatriation of certain non-permanently reinvested earnings.

The effective income tax rate for 2019 and 2018 was (35.9)% and 10.6%, respectively. The effective income tax
rate for 2019 reflects a tax benefit of $129 million resulting from a non-U.S. legal entity restructuring that eliminated
the requirement to provide for withholding taxes on the future repatriation of certain non-permanently reinvested
earnings. Additionally, the effective tax rate for 2019 was affected by a tax benefit relating to the revaluation of state
deferred tax assets and liabilities due to business integrations and other changes. The effective tax rates for both
2019 and 2018 reflect a net excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation and a tax cost associated with
a non-deductible contingent consideration expense recognized in connection with an increase in the fair value of the
NeoTract contingent consideration liability.

We are routinely subject to examinations by various taxing authorities. In conjunction with these examinations
and as a regular practice, we establish and adjust reserves with respect to its uncertain tax positions to address
developments related to those positions. We realized a net benefit of $0.1 million and $0.8 million in 2019 and 2018,
respectively, as a result of reducing our reserves with respect to uncertain tax positions, principally due to the
expiration of a number of applicable statutes of limitations. We realized a net benefit of $5.2 million in 2017, as a
result of reducing our reserves with respect to uncertain tax positions, principally due to the conclusion of a tax audit
in Germany and the expiration of various statutes of limitations.

F-33

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities at

December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Deferred tax assets:

Tax loss and credit carryforwards

$

174,997 $

234,940

2019

2018

(Dollars in thousands)

Lease assets

Pension

Reserves and accruals

Other

Less: valuation allowances

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment

Intangibles — stock acquisitions

Unremitted non-U.S. earnings

Lease liabilities

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

28,577

14,971

60,799

3,207

(119,233)

163,318

23,053

441,079

81,967

28,577

22,628

597,304

—

19,972

68,767

3,267

(143,971)

182,975

24,315

541,445

218,769

—

4,221

788,750

$

(433,986) $

(605,775)

As a result of enactment of the TCJA, we reassessed and revalued our deferred tax positions, resulting in a
$46.1 million decrease in the net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2017. Subsequently, in accordance with SAB
118, adjustments were made to the provisional amounts for the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities due
to additional analysis. During 2018, we recognized a net $2.1 million tax benefit as a result of changes in its
revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities related to the TCJA. The accounting for these changes was
completed in the fourth quarter of 2018. We made no further adjustments to the provisional amounts in 2019.

Under the tax laws of various jurisdictions in which we operate, deductions or credits that cannot be fully
utilized for tax purposes during the current year may be carried forward, subject to statutory limitations, to reduce
taxable income or taxes payable in a future tax year. At December 31, 2019, the tax effect of such carryforwards
approximated $175.0 million. Of this amount, $10.9 million has no expiration date, $4.8 million expires after 2019
but before the end of 2024 and $159.3 million expires after 2024. A portion of these carryforwards consists of tax
losses and credits obtained by us as a result of acquisitions; the utilization of these carryforwards are subject to an
annual limitation imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which limits a company’s ability to deduct
prior net operating losses following a more than 50 percent change in ownership.
It is not expected that the
Section 382 limitation will prevent us ultimately from utilizing the applicable loss carryforwards. The determination of
state net operating loss carryforwards is dependent upon the U.S. subsidiaries’ taxable income or loss, the state’s
proportion of each subsidiary's taxable net income and the application of state laws, which can change from year to
year and impact the amount of such carryforward.

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $119.2 million and $144.0 million at December  31, 2019
and  2018, respectively, relates principally to the uncertainty of our ability to utilize certain deferred tax assets,
primarily tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions. The valuation allowance was calculated in
accordance with applicable accounting standards, which require that a valuation allowance be established and
maintained when it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-34

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Uncertain Tax Positions: The following table is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for

liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Balance at January 1

Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

Unrecognized tax benefits related to the current year

Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to settlements
Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable 

statute of limitations

Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits due to foreign 

currency translation

Balance at December 31

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

8,106 $

9,336 $

15,054

351

(201)

1,237

—

—

—

899

—

—

—

895

—

(1,881)

(1,955)

(6,813)

(51)

(174)

$

7,561 $

8,106 $

200

9,336

The total liabilities associated with the unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective

tax rate for continuing operations, were $4.4 million at December 31, 2019.

We accrue interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the
consolidated statements of income, and the corresponding liability is included in the consolidated balance sheets.
The net interest expense (benefit) and penalties reflected in income from continuing operations for the year ended
December 31, 2019 was $0.2 million and $(0.1) million, respectively; for the year ended December 31, 2018 was
$0.2 million and $(0.3) million, respectively; and for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.2 million and $(0.2)
million, respectively. The liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets for interest and penalties at December  31,
2019 were $0.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively, and at December 31, 2018 were $0.6 million and $2.2 million,
respectively.

The taxable years for which the applicable statute of limitations remains open by major tax jurisdictions are as

follows:

U.S.

Canada

China

Czech Republic

France

Germany

India

Ireland

Italy

Malaysia

Singapore

Beginning

Ending

2016

2015

2014

2016

2017

2011

2002

2015

2015

2015

2015

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

We are routinely subject to income tax examinations by various taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2019,
the most significant tax examination in process was in Germany.  The date at which this examination may be
concluded and the ultimate outcome of the examination are uncertain. As a result of the uncertain outcome of this
ongoing examination, future examinations or the expiration of statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the
related unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken could materially change from those recorded as liabilities at
December  31, 2019.  Due to the potential for resolution of certain examinations, and the expiration of various
statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next year by
a range of zero to $1.5 million.

F-35

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Supplemental cash flow information

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

$

73,632 $

65,605 $

49,144

Note 16 — Pension and other postretirement benefits 

We have a number of defined benefit pension and postretirement plans covering eligible U.S. and non-U.S.
employees. The defined benefit pension plans are noncontributory. The benefits under these plans are based
primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement. Our funding policy for U.S. plans is to contribute
annually, at a minimum, amounts required by applicable laws and regulations. Obligations under non-U.S. plans are
systematically provided for by depositing funds with trustees or by book reserves.   As of December  31, 2019, no
further benefits are being accrued under the U.S. defined benefit pension plans and the other postretirement benefit
to a collective bargaining
plans, other than certain postretirement benefit plans covering employees subject
agreement.

Teleflex and certain of our subsidiaries provide medical, dental and life insurance benefits to pensioners or their

survivors. The associated plans are unfunded and approved claims are paid from our funds.

The following table provides information regarding the components of the net benefit expense (income) of the

pension and postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

2019

Pension

2018

Other Benefits

2017

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

Service cost

Interest cost

$

2,768 $

1,500 $

2,887 $

9 $

50 $

16,000

14,816

15,137

1,391

1,389

Expected return on plan assets

(27,426)

(29,666)

(26,809)

Net amortization and deferral

7,013

6,777

6,734

Curtailments

Settlements

—
—

—
486

—
—

—

(1)

—
—

—

136

677
—

279

1,577

—

275

—
—

Net benefit expense (income)

$ (1,645) $ (6,087) $ (2,051) $

1,399 $

2,252 $

2,131

Net benefit expense (income) is primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses within the

consolidated statements of income.

The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for U.S. and foreign plans used in determining

net benefit cost:

Discount rate

Rate of return

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

2019

4.3 %

7.7 %

Pension

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

Other Benefits

3.6 %

7.8 %

4.2 %

8.1 %

4.2 %

3.6 %

4.1 %

7.4 %

5.0 %

7.8 %

5.0 %

7.9 %

5.0 %

F-36

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides summarized information with respect to the pension and postretirement benefit

plans, measured as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

$

416,470 $

462,158 $

42,115 $

48,903

Pension

Other Benefits

2019

2018

2019

2018

Under Funded

Under Funded

(Dollars in thousands)

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial (gain) loss

Currency translation

Benefits paid

Medicare Part D reimbursement

Plan amendments

Curtailments

Settlements

Administrative costs

Projected benefit obligation, end of year

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Contributions

Benefits paid

Settlements

Administrative costs

Currency translation

9

1,391

1,551

—

50

1,389

(6,058)

—

(5,090)

(2,790)

66

—

—

—

—

101

—

520

—

—

40,042

42,115

2,768

16,000

57,525

229

(20,350)

—

—

—

—

(2,406)

470,236

362,807

69,918

12,695

(20,350)

—

(2,406)

636

1,500

14,816

(38,446)

(1,780)

(19,314)

—

157

(162)

(1,420)

(1,039)

416,470

386,307

(13,275)

12,687

(19,314)

(1,420)

(1,039)

(1,139)

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

423,300

362,807

Funded status, end of year

$

(46,936) $

(53,663) $

(40,042) $

(42,115)

The following table sets forth the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to the  

pension and postretirement plans:

Other assets

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Pension

Other Benefits

2019

2018

2019

2018

(Dollars in thousands)

$

2,449 $

2,837 $

— $

—

(1,617)
(47,768)

(1,729)
(54,771)

213,989

205,910

(5,091)
(34,951)

1,916

(3,972)
(38,143)

364

$

167,053 $

152,247 $

(38,126) $

(41,751)

F-37

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables set forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss with respect to

the plans:

Pension

Prior Service
Cost 

Net (Gain)
or Loss

Deferred
Taxes

(Dollars in thousands)

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of Tax

Balance at December 31, 2017
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

$

51 $ 209,314 $ (75,277) $

134,088

Net amortization and deferral

Settlements

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Curtailments

Plan amendments

Impact of currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2018
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral

         Settlements

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Curtailments

Plan amendments

Settlements

Impact of currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2019

(17)

—

(6,760)

(486)

1,579

83

—

—

157

—

191

4,495

(162)

—

(682)

(1,012)

42

(27)

183

(5,198)

(403)

3,483

(120)

130

(499)

205,719

(74,429)

131,481

(18)

—

(6,995)

1,631

—

—

(5,382)

—

—

—

—

—

—

15,033

(3,457)

11,576

—

—

—

59

—

—

—

(15)

—

—

—

44

$

173 $ 213,816 $ (76,270) $

137,719

Other Benefits

Prior Service
Cost 

Net (Gain) or
Loss

Deferred
Taxes

(Dollars in thousands)

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of Tax

305 $

6,410 $ (1,995) $

4,720

Balance at December 31, 2017
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

$

Net amortization and deferral

Curtailments

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Plan amendments

Balance at December 31, 2018
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 

Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

(77)

(157)

—

—

71

(59)

—

32

39

(6,058)

1,459

—

293

—

(465)

(64)

65

—

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

—

1,551

(360)

Balance at December 31, 2019

$

7 $

1,909 $

(825) $

F-38

(104)

(118)

(4,599)

—

(101)

1

1,191

1,091

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for U.S. and foreign plans used in determining

benefit obligations:

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increase

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

Pension

Other Benefits

2019

2018

2019

2018

3.2 %

2.8 %

4.3 %

2.6 %

3.1 %

4.2 %

6.6 %

5.0 %

7.4 %

5.0 %

The discount rate represents the interest rate used to determine the present value of future cash flows currently
expected to be required to settle the pension and other benefit obligations. The weighted average discount rates for
U.S. pension plans and other benefit plans of 3.31% and 3.05%, respectively, were established by comparing the
projection of expected benefit payments to the AA Above Median yield curve as of December  31, 2019. The
expected benefit payments are discounted by each corresponding discount rate on the yield curve. For payments
beyond 30 years, we extend the curve assuming that the discount rate derived in year 30 is extended to the end of
the plan’s payment expectations. Once the present value of the string of benefit payments is established, we
determine the single rate on the yield curve that, when applied to all obligations of the plan, will exactly match the
previously determined present value.

As part of the evaluation of pension and other postretirement assumptions, we applied assumptions for
mortality and healthcare cost
In
determining its benefit obligations, we used generational tables that take into consideration increases in plan
participant longevity.

incorporate generational white and blue collar mortality trends.

trends that

Our assumption for the expected return on plan assets is primarily based on the determination of an expected
return for its current portfolio.  This determination is made using assumptions for return and volatility of
the
portfolio. Asset class assumptions are set using a combination of empirical and forward-looking analysis.  To the
extent historical results have been affected by unsustainable trends or events, the effects of those trends are
quantified and removed.  We apply a variety of models for filtering historical data and isolating the fundamental
characteristics of asset classes. These models provide empirical return estimates for each asset class, which are
then reviewed and combined with a qualitative assessment of long term relationships between asset classes before
a return estimate is finalized. The qualitative analysis is intended to provide an additional means for addressing the
effect of unrealistic or unsustainable short-term valuations or trends, resulting in return levels and behavior we
believe are more likely to prevail over long periods. Effective in 2020, we changed the expected return on plan
assets of the U.S. pension plans from 8.0% to 7.75% due to modifications to the investment strategy in order to
gradually reduce portfolio risk. The change had no impact on the results for the year ended December 31, 2019.

An increase in the assumed healthcare trend rate of 1% would increase the benefit obligation at December 31,
2019 by $1.9 million and would increase the 2019 benefit expense by $0.1 million. Decreasing this assumed rate by
1% would decrease the benefit obligation at December  31, 2019 by $1.7 million and would decrease the 2019
benefit expense by $0.1 million.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans was $469.6 million
and $415.9 million for 2019 and 2018, respectively. All of the pension plans had accumulated benefit obligations in
excess of their respective plan assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, with the exception of one foreign plan
the accumulated benefit obligation as of
that had plan assets of $2.4 million and $2.8 million in excess of
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Our investment objective is to achieve an enhanced long-term rate of return on plan assets, subject to a
prudent level of portfolio risk, for the purpose of enhancing the availability of benefits for participants. These
investments are primarily comprised of equity and fixed income mutual funds. Our other investments are largely
comprised of a hedge fund of funds and a structured credit fund. The equity funds are diversified in terms of
domestic and international equity securities, as well as small, middle and large capitalization stocks. Our target
allocation percentage is as follows: equity securities (40%); fixed-income securities (50%)  and other securities
(10%). Equity funds are held for their expected return over inflation. Fixed-income funds are held for diversification
relative to equities and as a partial hedge of interest rate risk with respect to plan liabilities. The other investments
are held to further diversify assets within the plans and are designed to provide a mix of equity and bond like return
with a bond like risk profile. The plans may also hold cash to meet liquidity requirements. Actual performance may
Investment risks and returns are measured and
not be consistent with the respective investment strategies.

F-39

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and investment portfolio reviews to determine
whether the asset allocation targets continue to represent an appropriate balance of expected risk and reward.

The following table provides the fair values of the pension plan assets at December  31, 2019 by asset

category:

Asset Category (a)

Cash

Money market funds

Equity securities:

Fair Value Measurements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

$

650 $

5

650

5

72,334

10,014

48,285

38,359

38,500

107,143

13,107

929

9,974

29,714

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $

316

4,759

3,487

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $

9,849

—

5

Managed volatility (b)

U.S. small/mid-cap equity (c)

World equity (excluding U.S.) (d)

Common equity securities – Teleflex Incorporated

Fixed income securities:

Intermediate duration fund (e)

Long duration bond fund (f)

Corporate bond fund (g)

Global credit fund (h)

Emerging markets debt fund (i)

Corporate, government and foreign bonds

Asset backed – home loans

Other types of investments:

Multi asset funds  (j)

Contract with insurance company (k)

Other

72,334

10,014

48,285

38,359

38,500

107,143

13,107

929

9,974

29,714

316

8,246

9,849

5

Total investments at fair value

$ 387,430 $

373,773 $

3,803 $

9,854

Investments measured at net asset value (l)

Total

35,870

$ 423,300

F-40

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table provides the fair values of the pension plan assets at December  31, 2018 by asset

category:

Asset Category (a)

Cash

Money market funds

Equity securities:

Fair Value Measurements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$

627 $

(Dollars in thousands)
627

7

7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

71,306

15,379

24,589

30,216

26,958

90,661

12,162

647

7,923

30,418

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $

367

3,676

3,229

—

—

— $

10,092

—

5

Managed volatility (b)

U.S. small/mid-cap equity (c)

World equity (excluding U.S.) (d)

Common equity securities – Teleflex Incorporated

Fixed income securities:

Intermediate duration fund (e)

Long duration bond fund (f)

Corporate bond fund (g)

Global credit fund (h)

Emerging markets debt fund (i)

Corporate, government and foreign bonds

Asset backed – home loans

Other types of investments:

Multi asset funds  (j)

Contract with insurance company (k)

Other

71,306

15,379

24,589

30,216

26,958

90,661

12,162

647

7,923

30,418

367

6,905

10,092

5

Total investments at fair value

$ 328,262 $

314,569 $

3,596 $

10,097

Investments measured at Net asset value (l)

Total

34,545

$ 362,807

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f.

Information on asset categories described in notes (b)-(k) is derived from prospectuses and other material provided by
the respective funds comprising the respective asset categories.
This category comprises mutual funds that invest in securities of U.S. and non-U.S. companies of all capitalization
ranges that exhibit relatively low volatility.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small and mid-
sized companies. The fund invests in common stocks or exchange traded funds holding common stock of U.S.
companies with market capitalizations in the range of companies in the Russell 2500 Index.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign 
companies. These securities may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, exchange traded funds based on 
an international equity index, derivative instruments whose value is based on an international equity index and derivative 
instruments whose value is based on an underlying equity security or a basket of equity securities. The fund invests in 
securities of foreign issuers located in developed and emerging market countries. However, the fund will not invest more 
than 35% of its assets in the common stocks or other equity securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics similar
to fixed income securities. The fund invests in investment grade fixed income instruments, including U.S. and foreign
corporate obligations, fixed income securities issued by sovereigns or agencies in both developed and emerging foreign
markets, debt obligations issued by governments or other municipalities, and securities issued or guaranteed by the
U.S. Government and its agencies. The fund will seek to maintain an effective average duration between three and ten
years, and uses derivative instruments, including interest rate swap agreements and credit default swaps, for the
purpose of managing the overall duration and yield curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics similar
to fixed income securities. The fund invests in investment grade fixed income instruments, including securities issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities,
exchange traded funds, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage-backed securities. The fund invests

F-41

 
 
g.

h.

i.

j.
k.

l.

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

primarily in long duration government and corporate fixed income securities, and uses derivative instruments, including
interest rate swap agreements and Treasury futures contracts, for the purpose of managing the overall duration and
yield curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.
This category comprises funds that invest primarily in higher-yielding fixed income securities, including corporate bonds 
and debentures, convertible and preferred securities and zero coupon obligations.
This category comprises a fund that invests primarily in a range of debt securities, including those issued by 
governments, institutions, or companies from a number of countries.
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities of emerging
market issuers, primarily in U.S. dollar-denominated debt of foreign governments, government-related and corporate
issuers in emerging market countries and entities organized to restructure the debt of those issuers.
This category comprises funds that may invest in equities, bonds, or derivatives.
This category comprises the asset established out of an agreement to purchase a bulk-annuity policy from an insurer to 
fully cover the liabilities for members of the pension plan. The asset value is based on the fair value of the contract as 
determined by the insurance company using inputs that are not observable.
This category comprises pooled institutional investments, primarily collective investment trusts. These funds are not 
listed on an exchange or traded in an active market and these investments are valued using their net asset value, which 
is generally based on the underlying asset values of the pooled investments held in the trusts. This category comprises 
the following funds:
•

a fund that invests primarily in collateralized debt obligations and other structured credit vehicles and 
may include fixed income securities, loan participations, credit-linked notes, medium-term notes, pooled 
investment vehicles and derivative instruments. 
a hedge fund that invests in various other hedge funds. 
funds that invest in underlying funds that acquire, manage, and dispose of real estate properties, with a 
focus on properties in the U.S. and the UK markets.

•
•

Our contributions to U.S. and foreign pension plans during 2020 are expected to be approximately $12.6
million. Contributions to postretirement healthcare plans during 2020 are expected to be approximately $5.1 million.

The following table provides information about the expected benefit payments under its U.S. and foreign plans
for each of the five succeeding years and the aggregate of the five years thereafter, net of the annual average
Medicare Part D subsidy of approximately $0.1 million:

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Years 2025 — 2029

Pension

Other Benefits

(Dollars in thousands)

$

21,226 $

21,820

22,653

23,187

23,875

5,084

4,555

4,013

3,344

3,139

127,256

11,623

The amounts in AOCI expected to be recognized into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year for the
pension benefit plan is $7.3 million. We do not expect any amounts in AOCI to be recognized into net periodic
benefit cost over the next fiscal year for the postretirement benefit plan.

We maintain a number of defined contribution savings plans covering eligible U.S. and non-U.S.  employees.
We partially match employee contributions. Costs related to these plans were $17.5 million, $15.6 million and $12.5
million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Note 17 — Commitments and contingent liabilities

Environmental:  We are subject to contingencies as a result of environmental laws and regulations that in the
future may require us to take further action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal practices or
releases of chemical or petroleum substances by us or other parties. Much of this liability results from the U.S.
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, often referred to as Superfund, the U.S.
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and similar state laws. These laws require us to undertake certain
investigative and remedial activities at sites where we conduct or once conducted operations or at sites where
Company-generated waste was disposed.

Remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site. The nature of these activities, and
their associated costs, depend on the mix of unique site characteristics, evolving remediation technologies, the
regulatory agencies involved and their enforcement policies, as well as the presence or absence of other potentially

F-42

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

responsible parties. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we have recorded $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively,
in accrued liabilities and $6.2 million and $5.6 million, respectively in other liabilities relating to these matters.
Considerable uncertainty exists with respect to these liabilities, and if adverse changes in circumstances occur,
potential liability may exceed the amount accrued as of December 31, 2019. The time frame over which the accrued
amounts may be paid out, based on past history, is estimated to be 10-15 years.

Litigation:   We are a party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These
lawsuits and claims include actions involving product liability, intellectual property, employment, environmental and
other matters. As of December  31, 2019 and 2018, we have recorded accrued liabilities of $0.4 million and $0.6
million, respectively, in connection with such contingencies, representing its best estimate of the cost within the
range of estimated possible losses that will be incurred to resolve these matters.

Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, established reserves and other resources, we do
not believe that the outcome of any outstanding litigation and claims is likely to be, individually or in the aggregate,
material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. However, in the event of unexpected
further developments,
if
the ultimate resolution of
unfavorable, may be materially adverse to our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Legal
costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses in
the period incurred.

these matters, or other similar matters,

is possible that

it

Note 18 — Business segments and other information

An operating segment is a component (a) that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues
and incur expenses, (b)  whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to
make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance, and (c) for which
discrete financial
information is available. We do not evaluate our operating segments using discrete asset
information.

During 2019, our chief operating decision maker (our Chief Executive Officer) changed the manner in which he
reviews financial information for purposes of assessing business performance and allocating resources by focusing
on the geographic location of all non-OEM operations. As a result, we changed our segment presentation.
Specifically, the Vascular North America, Interventional North America, Anesthesia North America, Surgical North
America, Interventional Urology North America, Respiratory North America and Latin America operating segments
were combined into a new Americas segment. We now have four reportable segments: Americas, EMEA (Europe,
the Middle East and Africa), Asia (Asia Pacific) and OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer and Development
Services).

Our reportable segments, other than the OEM segment, design, manufacture and distribute medical devices
primarily used in critical care and surgical applications and generally serve two end-markets: hospitals and
healthcare providers, and home health. The products of these segments are most widely used in the acute care
setting for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications. The
OEM segment designs, manufactures and supplies devices and instruments for other medical device
manufacturers.

The following tables present our segment results for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 1,492,274 $ 1,351,699 $ 1,141,406

588,043

294,328

603,813

286,895

552,722

269,208

220,717

182,967
$ 2,595,362 $ 2,448,383 $ 2,146,303

205,976

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Net revenues

F-43

 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Americas
EMEA

Asia

OEM

Total segment operating profit (1)

Unallocated expenses (2)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

319,933 $

255,798 $

240,982

94,424

73,090

57,994

545,441

106,090

78,135

50,294

490,317

(118,187)

(168,613)

92,430

75,637

41,578

450,627

(78,348)

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on 

extinguishment of debt and taxes

$

427,254 $

321,704 $

372,279

(1) Segment operating profit includes segment net revenues from external customers reduced by its standard cost of goods sold, adjusted for
fixed manufacturing cost absorption variances, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and
an allocation of corporate expenses. Corporate expenses are allocated among the segments in proportion to the respective amounts of
one of several items (such as sales, numbers of employees, and amount of time spent), depending on the category of expense involved.

(2) Unallocated expenses primarily include manufacturing variances, with the exception of fixed manufacturing cost absorption variances,

restructuring and impairment charges and gain on sale of assets.

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$

153,419 $

146,016 $

105,811

44,328

14,072

6,550

47,171

12,917

8,610

34,322

11,868

8,337

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

$

218,369 $

214,714 $

160,338

Geographic data

The following tables provide total net revenues and total net property, plant and equipment by geographic

region for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Net revenues (based on selling location):

U.S.

Europe
Asia Pacific

All other

Net property, plant and equipment:

U.S.

Malaysia

Ireland

All other

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 1,606,248 $ 1,449,426 $ 1,254,825

652,069
241,278

95,767

671,264
234,090

93,603

591,370
220,110

79,998

$ 2,595,362 $ 2,448,383 $ 2,146,303

$

228,173 $

258,415 $

216,568

53,406

40,151

108,989

51,952

41,223

81,176

43,730

43,867

78,834

$

430,719 $

432,766 $

382,999

F-44

 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 19 — Condensed consolidating guarantor financial information

Our $400 million principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) and $500 million
principal amount of 4.625% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes," and together with the 2026 Notes, the
"Senior Notes") are issued by Teleflex Incorporated (the “Parent Company”), and payment of the Parent Company's
obligations under the Senior Notes is guaranteed,
the Parent Company’s
subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The 2026 Notes and
2027 Notes are guaranteed by the same Guarantor Subsidiaries. The guarantees are full and unconditional, subject
to certain customary release provisions. Each Guarantor Subsidiary is directly or indirectly 100% owned by the
Parent Company. Our condensed consolidating statements of income and comprehensive income and condensed
consolidating statements of cash flows for the years ended December  31, 2019, 2018 and  2017 and condensed
consolidating balance sheets as of December 31, 2019, and 2018 provide consolidated information for:

jointly and severally, by certain of

a.

b.

c.

d.

Parent Company, the issuer of the guaranteed obligations;

Guarantor Subsidiaries, on a combined basis;

Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries (i.e., those subsidiaries of the Parent Company that have not guaranteed
payment of the Senior Notes), on a combined basis; and

Parent Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

In connection with our entry into the Credit Agreement on April 5, 2019 (as described in Note 10), a subsidiary
of Teleflex (the "Released Subsidiary") that was a guarantor of Parent Company’s obligations under the previously
outstanding credit agreement and under the Senior Notes was removed as a guarantor of Parent Company’s
obligations under the Credit Agreement.  Under the indentures governing the Senior Notes, the removal of the
Released Subsidiary as a guarantor under the Credit Agreement automatically resulted in the release of the
Released Subsidiary from its guarantees of the Senior Notes. Therefore, as of the date of the Credit Agreement, the
Released Subsidiary is no longer a Guarantor Subsidiary. The Released Subsidiary has been excluded from the
information relating to the Guarantor Subsidiaries and has been included in the information relating to the Non-
Guarantor Subsidiaries as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. Additionally, in 2019, we undertook
certain steps to reorganize ownership of various subsidiaries. The transactions were entirely among subsidiaries
under the common control of Teleflex. The reorganization that constituted a business combination has been
reflected as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.

The same accounting policies as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements are used by the
Parent Company and each of its subsidiaries in connection with the condensed consolidating financial information,
except for the use of the equity method of accounting to reflect ownership interests in subsidiaries, which are
eliminated upon consolidation.

Consolidating entries and eliminations in the following condensed consolidated financial statements represent
adjustments to (a)  eliminate intercompany transactions between or among the Parent Company, the Guarantor
Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, (b)  eliminate the investments in subsidiaries and (c)  record
consolidating entries.

F-45

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

Net revenues

$

— $ 1,764,446

$ 1,291,637

$ (460,721) $ 2,595,362

Cost of goods sold, excluding intangible asset 

amortization

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Restructuring and impairment charges

Gain on sale of assets

(Loss) income from continuing operations before 
interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes

Interest, net

Loss on extinguishment of debt

(Loss) income from continuing operations before 

taxes

(Benefit) taxes on (loss) income from continuing 

operations

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries

Income from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations

Tax benefit on loss from discontinued operations

Loss from discontinued operations

Net income

Other comprehensive (loss) income

—

—

47,215

1,730

525

—

977,840

786,606

577,287

78,432

7,896

(2,289)

(49,470)

125,280

83,998

8,822

(66,834)

—

559,746

731,891

310,194

33,695

13,784

(3,788)

378,006

61,365

—

(433,836)

1,103,750

(26,885)

1,491,612

(323)

—

—

—

934,373

113,857

22,205

(6,077)

(26,562)

427,254

—

—

78,529

8,822

(142,290)

192,114

316,641

(26,562)

339,903

(57,469)

61,074

(121,558)

(4,125)

(122,078)

546,802

461,981

384,609

515,649

—

438,199

(931,411)

(953,848)

—

461,981

(828)

(313)

(515)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(828)

(313)

(515)

461,466

(3,307)

515,649

19,231

438,199

(953,848)

461,466

11,160

(30,391)

(3,307)

Comprehensive income

$ 458,159

$

534,880

$

449,359

$ (984,239) $

458,159

F-46

 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

Net revenues

$

— $ 1,585,486

$ 1,286,967

$ (424,070) $ 2,448,383

Cost of goods sold, excluding intangible asset 

amortization

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Restructuring and impairment charges

Gain on sale of assets

(Loss) income from continuing operations before    
interest and taxes

Interest, net

  (Loss) income from continuing operations before 

taxes

(Benefit) taxes on (loss) income from continuing 

operations

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries

Income from continuing operations

Income from discontinued operations

Tax on income from discontinued operations

   Income from discontinued operations

   Net income

Other comprehensive loss

   Comprehensive income

—

—

50,866

1,482

—

—

(52,348)

95,173

886,724

698,762

516,695

73,773

20,639

(1,388)

89,043

(58,306)

596,281

690,686

311,798

30,953

58,591

—

289,344

65,209

(419,064)

1,063,941

(5,006)

1,384,442

(671)

—

—

—

(4,335)

—

878,688

106,208

79,230

(1,388)

321,704

102,076

(147,521)

147,349

224,135

(4,335)

219,628

(53,401)

291,572

197,452

4,363

1,013

3,350

49,606

175,161

272,904

—

—

—

27,226

637

197,546

1,280

260

1,020

(235)

23,196

(467,370)

(471,470)

—

—

—

—

196,432

5,643

1,273

4,370

200,802

272,904

198,566

(471,470)

200,802

(75,994)

(80,030)

(80,512)

160,542

(75,994)

$ 124,808

$

192,874

$

118,054

$ (310,928) $

124,808

F-47

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

Net revenues

$

— $ 1,368,149

$ 1,177,247

$ (399,093) $ 2,146,303

Cost of goods sold, excluding intangible asset 

amortization

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Restructuring charges

(Loss) income from continuing operations before 
interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and 
taxes

Interest, net

Loss on extinguishment of debt

(Loss) income from continuing operations before 
taxes

(Benefit) taxes on (loss) income from continuing 

operations

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries

Income from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations

Tax benefit on loss from discontinued operations

Loss from discontinued operations

Net income 

Other comprehensive income

Comprehensive income

—

—

47,412

1,009

—

778,153

589,996

399,563

57,614

8,971

(48,421)

123,848

99,371

5,593

(36,586)

—

594,527

582,720

252,792

26,147

5,819

297,962

18,990

—

(398,179)

974,501

(914)

1,171,802

196

—

—

699,963

84,770

14,790

(1,110)

372,279

—

—

81,775

5,593

(153,385)

160,434

278,972

(1,110)

284,911

(110,921)

(12,730)

253,783

(484)

129,648

197,727

155,263

(4,534)

(1,801)

(2,733)

152,530

173,626

8,422

181,586

(3,135)

(203,014)

—

22,054

(203,640)

155,263

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

181,586

158,490

22,054

198,453

(203,640)

(356,943)

(4,534)

(1,801)

(2,733)

152,530

173,626

$ 326,156

$

340,076

$

220,507

$ (560,583) $

326,156

F-48

 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

December 31, 2019

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

68,928
3,243

$

488
80,528

231,667
329,245

$

— $

5,657

301,083
418,673

35,629

492,655

500,811

(1,029,095)

—

—
40,171
6,371
154,342
2,936
12,356
—
70
5,987,577
16,345

306,917
21,896
—
902,484
224,176
66,388
1,286,372
1,291,810
2,072,038
—

227,451
27,658
5,705
1,322,537
203,607
34,416
958,933
864,405
924,448
6,879

(57,811)
8,218
—
(1,073,031)
—
—
—
—
(8,984,063)
(17,652)

476,557
97,943
12,076
1,306,332
430,719
113,160
2,245,305
2,156,285
—
5,572

2,064,309

3,690,788

287,807

(6,042,904)

—

31,974
$ 8,269,909

10,025
$ 9,544,081

10,448
$ 4,613,480

52,447
$(16,117,650) $ 6,309,820

—

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable from consolidated 

subsidiaries

Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid taxes

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Goodwill
Intangibles assets, net
Investments in affiliates
Deferred tax assets
Notes receivable and other amounts due from 

consolidated subsidiaries

Other assets

Total assets
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current borrowings
Accounts payable
Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries
Accrued expenses
Current portion of contingent consideration
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
Accrued interest
Income taxes payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
Notes payable and other amounts due to 

consolidated subsidiaries

Noncurrent contingent consideration
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total shareholders' equity

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

— $

— $

4,641
403,486
8,505
—
18,690
5,482
—
4,224
445,028
1,858,943
—
38,073
625

63,121
418,321
36,325
144,701
50,583
—
—
15,458
728,509
—
357,923
27,027
6,949

50,000
35,154
207,288
55,636
3,389
46,708
32
6,692
13,714
418,613
—
99,287
17,619
2,720

$

— $
—
(1,029,095)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,029,095)
—
(17,652)
—
—

50,000
102,916
—
100,466
148,090
115,981
5,514
6,692
33,396
563,055
1,858,943
439,558
82,719
10,294

2,804,568

1,978,067

1,260,269

(6,042,904)

—

—
9,802
133,550
5,290,589
2,979,320
$ 8,269,909

64,581
65,715
8,462
3,237,233
6,306,848
$ 9,544,081

7,237
25,855
60,729
1,892,329
2,721,151
$ 4,613,480

—
—
—
(7,089,651)
(9,027,999)

71,818
101,372
202,741
3,330,500
2,979,320
$(16,117,650) $ 6,309,820

F-49

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable from consolidated 

subsidiaries

Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid taxes

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangibles assets, net

Investments in affiliates
Deferred tax assets
Notes receivable and other amounts due from 

consolidated subsidiaries

Other assets

Total assets
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current borrowings
Accounts payable
Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries
Accrued expenses
Current portion of contingent consideration
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
Accrued interest
Income taxes payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
Notes payable and other amounts due to 

consolidated subsidiaries

December 31, 2018

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$

49,523
5,885

$

5,364
54,378

$

302,274
300,689

$

— $

5,334

357,161
366,286

32,036

1,122,107

365,892

(1,520,035)

—

—
30,458
7,029
124,931
3,385
—
90

5,984,566
—

267,544
9,740
—
1,459,133
253,913
1,284,900
1,381,285

1,507,718
—

191,188
28,170
5,434
1,193,647
175,468
961,679
943,677

837,899
4,822

(30,954)
4,113
—
(1,541,542)
—
—
—

(8,330,183)
(2,376)

2,337,737

3,347,815

13,242

(5,698,794)

427,778
72,481
12,463
1,236,169
432,766
2,246,579
2,325,052

—
2,446

—

17,180
$8,467,889

5,874
$ 9,240,638

11,925
$ 4,142,359

34,979
$(15,572,895) $ 6,277,991

—

$

36,625
3,448
1,058,008
5,659
—
17,156
5,995
—
843
1,127,734
2,072,200
87,671
49,290
801

$

— $

63,497
291,952
41,901
106,514
45,136
—
—
34,916
583,916
—
279,417
27,454
7,212

50,000
39,764
170,075
49,991
30,363
42,378
36
5,943
2,291
390,841
—
243,509
16,170
2,705

$

— $
—
(1,520,035)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,520,035)
—
(2,376)
—
—

86,625
106,709
—
97,551
136,877
104,670
6,031
5,943
38,050
582,456
2,072,200
608,221
92,914
10,718

2,451,784

2,222,580

1,024,430

(5,698,794)

—

Noncurrent contingent consideration

—

131,563

35,807

—

167,370

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total shareholders' equity

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

138,431
5,927,911
2,539,978
$8,467,889

8,204
3,260,346
5,980,292
$ 9,240,638

57,499
1,770,961
2,371,398
$ 4,142,359

—
(7,221,205)
(8,351,690)

204,134
3,738,013
2,539,978
$(15,572,895) $ 6,277,991

F-50

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$ (55,472) $

511,092

$

340,175

$

(358,727) $

437,068

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 
from continuing operations

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing 
operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

(614)

(66,824)

(35,257)

Payments for businesses and intangibles 
acquired, net of cash acquired

Proceeds from sale of assets

Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as 
net investment hedges

Investments in affiliates

Net cash provided by (used in) investing 
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing 
operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings

Reduction in borrowings

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment 
fees

Proceeds from share based compensation plans 
and the related tax impacts

Payments for contingent consideration

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Dividends

Intercompany transactions

Intercompany dividends paid

Net cash provided by (used in) financing 
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash provided by (used in) operating 
activities

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued 
operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash 
equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 
equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the 
year

—

2,362

(1,025)

13,296

(2,437)

1,049

18,331

—

—

(5,946)

—

—

—

—

(2,362)

—

5,946

(102,695)

(3,462)

14,345

18,331

—

20,079

(60,499)

(36,645)

3,584

(73,481)

275,000

(528,500)

(11,635)

21,206

—

—

(62,828)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(15,195)

—

—

(96,884)

(5,654)

—

358,467

(440,274)

79,445

—

—

—

—

—

5,654

—

2,362

—

—

(347,127)

347,127

275,000

(528,500)

(11,635)

21,206

(112,079)

—

(62,828)

—

—

51,710

(455,469)

(370,220)

355,143

(418,836)

3,088

3,088

—

—

—

—

(631)

(631)

(3,286)

19,405

(4,876)

(70,607)

49,523

5,364

302,274

—

—

—

—

—

2,457

2,457

(3,286)

(56,078)

357,161

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

$

68,928

$

488

$

231,667

$

— $

301,083

F-51

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$ (196,727) $

413,579

$

377,086

$

(158,852) $

435,086

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 
from continuing operations

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing 
operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

(1,881)

(40,399)

(38,515)

Payments for businesses and intangibles 
acquired, net of cash acquired

(100)

(37,010)

(83,915)

Proceeds from sale of assets

28,239

3,878

Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net 
investment hedges

 Investments in affiliates

Net cash provided by (used in) investing 
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing 

operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings

Reduction in borrowings

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment 

fees

Proceeds from share based compensation plans 
and related tax impacts

Payments for contingent consideration

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Dividends

Intercompany transactions

Intercompany dividends paid

Net cash provided by (used in) financing 
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash (used in) provided by operating 
activities

Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued 
operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash 

equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 

equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the 

year

—

—

(80,795)

(121,025)

(28,239)

3,878

—

5,700

1,548

—

—

—

—

1,548

—

—

(5,700)

27,806

(79,231)

(122,430)

(22,539)

(196,394)

35,000

(128,500)

(188)

22,655

—

—

(62,165)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(10,831)

(62,404)

—

—

5,700

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5,700)

35,000

(128,500)

(188)

22,655

(73,235)

—

—

(62,165)

314,386

(322,363)

(20,262)

28,239

—

(4,723)

(154,129)

158,852

—

—

181,188

(337,917)

(231,095)

181,391

(206,433)

(547)

(547)

—

—

—

—

2,839

2,839

(10,948)

11,720

(3,569)

15,452

37,803

8,933

286,822

—

—

—

—

—

2,292

2,292

(10,948)

23,603

333,558

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

$

49,523

$

5,364

$

302,274

$

— $

357,161

F-52

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Parent
Company

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

Eliminations

Condensed
Consolidated

(Dollars in thousands)

$ (50,585) $ (502,181) $ 1,040,985

$

(61,918) $

426,301

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 

from continuing operations

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing 

operations:

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

(240)

(34,912)

(35,751)

—

(70,903)

Payments for businesses and intangibles 

acquired, net of cash acquired

Proceeds from sale of assets

Investments in affiliates

Net cash used in investing activities from 

continuing operations

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing 

operations:

Proceeds from new borrowings

Reduction in borrowings

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment 

fees

Proceeds from share based compensation plans 

and the related tax impacts

Payments for contingent consideration

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Dividends

Intercompany transactions

Intercompany dividends paid

Net cash provided by (used in) financing 
activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in discontinued operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash 

equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 

equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the 

year

(975,524)

464,982

—

—

(792,760)

— (1,768,284)

6,332

(464,982)

—

(5,900)

—

5,900

6,332

—

(510,782)

(40,812)

(822,179)

(459,082)

(1,832,855)

2,463,500

(1,239,576)

(26,664)

5,571

—

—

(61,237)

—

—

—

—

(335)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,900

—

—

2,463,500

— (1,239,576)

—

—

—

(5,900)

(26,664)

5,571

(335)

—

—

(61,237)

(550,579)

551,230

(465,633)

—

—

(61,918)

464,982

61,918

—

—

591,015

550,895

(521,651)

521,000

1,141,259

(6,416)

(6,416)

—

—

—

—

—

—

61,480

23,232

7,902

(241,365)

14,571

1,031

528,187

—

—

—

—

—

(6,416)

(6,416)

61,480

(210,231)

543,789

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

$

37,803

$

8,933

$

286,822

$

— $

333,558

Note 20 — Subsequent events

On February 18, 2020, we acquired IWG High Performance Conductors,

Inc., a privately-held original
equipment manufacturer of minimally invasive medical products and high performance conductors, for $260 million.
The acquisition, which will complement our OEM product portfolio, was financed using borrowings under our
revolving credit facility.

F-53

 
QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

First
Quarter 

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

2019:

Net revenues

Gross profit, excluding intangible asset amortization
Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on 

extinguishment of debt and taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Earnings per share — basic(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)

Earnings per share — diluted(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)

2018:
Net revenues
Gross profit, excluding intangible asset amortization
Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on 

extinguishment of debt and taxes
Income from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Earnings per share — basic(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations

Income from discontinued operations

Net income (loss)

Earnings per share — diluted(1):

Income (loss) from continuing operations

Income from discontinued operations

Net income (loss)

$ 613,584 $ 652,507 $ 648,319 $ 680,952
398,266

375,680

372,924

344,742

75,243
41,918
(1,021)
40,897

107,458
83,328
47
83,375

117,621
228,929
—
228,929

126,932
107,806
459
108,265

$

$

$

$

0.91 $
(0.02)
0.89 $

0.89 $
(0.02)
0.87 $

1.80 $
0.01
1.81 $

1.77 $
—
1.77 $

4.95 $
—
4.95 $

4.85 $
—
4.85 $

2.33
0.01
2.34

2.28
0.01
2.29

$ 587,230 $ 609,866 $ 609,672 $ 641,615
365,821

342,573

344,778

331,270

86,843
54,931
1,253
56,184

33,490
(2,552)
56
(2,496)

82,105
56,540
(16)
56,524

119,266
87,513
3,077
90,590

$

$

$

$

1.21 $

(0.06) $

1.23 $

0.03

0.01

—

1.24 $

(0.05) $

1.23 $

1.18 $

(0.06) $

1.21 $

0.02

0.01

—

1.20 $

(0.05) $

1.21 $

1.90

0.07

1.97

1.87

0.06

1.93

(1) Each quarter is calculated as a discrete period; the sum of the four quarters may not equal the calculated full year amount.

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Dollars in thousands)

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions
Charged to
Income

Accounts
Receivable
Write-offs

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of
Year

$

$

$

9,348 $

1,680 $

(1,739) $

10,255 $

2,521 $

(2,601) $

(234) $

(827) $

9,055

9,348

8,636 $

1,949 $

(596) $

266 $

10,255

DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE

Balance at
Beginning of
 Year

Additions
Charged to
Expense

Reductions
Credited to
Expense

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of Year

$ 143,971 $

31,564 $ (55,797) $

(505) $ 119,233

$ 104,799 $

43,361 $

(2,871) $

(1,318) $ 143,971

$ 104,520 $

4,657 $

(5,745) $

1,367 $ 104,799

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS

REVENUE GROWTH  

2019 GAAP Revenue Growth 
2019 GAAP Revenue Growth 

Foreign Currency 

2019 Constant Currency Revenue Growth 
2019 Constant Currency Revenue Growth 

6.0%
6.0%

-2.1%

8.1%
8.1%

OPERATING MARGIN RECONCILIATION
(dollars in thousands)

Income from continuing operations before interest and taxes

Income from continuing operations before interest and taxes margin

Restructuring, restructuring related and impairment items (A)

Acquisition, integration and divestiture related items (B)

Other items (C)

MDR (D)

Intangible amortization expense

Adjusted income from continuing operations before interest and taxes

Adjusted income from continuing operations before interest and taxes margin

Revenue

2019

427,254

16.5%

38,490

49,299

1,814

3,194 

149,974

670,025

25.8%

2,595,362

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(A) = Restructuring programs involve discrete initiatives designed to, among other things, consolidate or relocate manufacturing, administrative and other 
facilities, outsource distribution operations, improve operating efficiencies and integrate acquired businesses. Depending on the specific restructuring 
program involved, our restructuring charges may include employee termination, contract termination, facility closure, employee relocation, equipment 
relocation, outplacement and other exit costs associated with the restructuring program. Restructuring related charges are directly related to our 
restructuring programs and consist of facility consolidation costs, including accelerated depreciation expense related to facility closures, costs to transfer 
manufacturing operations between locations, and retention bonuses offered to certain employees as an incentive for them to remain with our company after 
completion of the restructuring program. Impairment charges occur if, due to events or changes in circumstances, we determine that the carrying value of an 
asset exceeds its fair value. Impairment charges do not directly affect our liquidity, but could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results. 
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, pre-tax restructuring charges were $15.2 million, pre-tax restructuring related charges were $16.3 million, 
and pre-tax impairment charges were $7.0 million.

(B) = Acquisition and integration expenses are incremental charges, other than restructuring or restructuring related expenses, that are directly related 
to specific business or asset acquisition transactions. These charges may include, among other things, professional, consulting and other fees; systems 
integration costs; legal entity restructuring expense; inventory step-up amortization (amortization, through cost of goods sold, of the increase in fair value 
of inventory resulting from a fair value calculation as of the acquisition date); fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities; and bridge loan 
facility and backstop financing fees in connection with loan facilities that ultimately were not utilized. Divestiture related activities involve specific business 
or asset sales.  Depending primarily on the terms of a divestiture transaction, the carrying value of the divested business or assets on our financial statements 
and other costs we incur as a direct result of the divestiture transaction, we may recognize a gain or loss in connection with the divestiture related activities. 
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, these charges primarily related to contingent consideration liabilities and our acquisition of Essential 
Medical, Inc., partially offset by the gain on sale of a business and another asset.

(C) = These are discrete items that occur sporadically and can affect period-to-period comparisons. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, other 
items included debt extinguishment and modification expenses, expenses associated with a franchise tax audit, and product relabeling costs, somewhat 
offset by a credit associated with an insurance settlement.

(D) = The European Union (“EU”) has adopted the EU Medical Device Regulation (“MDR”), which replaces the existing Medical Devices Directive (“MDD”) 
and imposes more stringent requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices in the EU, including requirements affecting clinical evaluations, 
quality systems and post-market surveillance. Manufacturers of currently marketed medical devices will have until May 2020 to meet the MDR requirements, 
although certain devices that previously satisfied MDD requirements can continue to be marketed in the EU until May 2024, subject to certain limitations. 
Significantly, the MDR will require the re-registration of previously approved medical devices. As a result, Teleflex will incur expenditures in connection with 
the new registration of medical devices that previously had been registered under the MDD. Therefore, these expenditures are not considered to be ordinary 
course expenditures in connection with regulatory matters (in contrast, no adjustment has been made to exclude expenditures related to the registration of 
medical devices that were not registered previously under the MDD).

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS

ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE RECONCILIATION
(dollars in millions, except per share)

ADJUSTED INCOME RECONCILIATION

2016

2017

2018

2019

Amounts attributable to common shareholders:                        
Amounts attributable to common shareholders:                        
income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax
income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

Restructuring, restructuring related and impairment items

Acquisition, integration and divestiture related items

Other items

MDR

Intangible amortization expense, net of tax

Amortization of debt discount on convertible notes, net of tax

Tax Adjustment, net of tax

Shares due to Teleflex under note hedge

Adjusted income from continuing operations, net of tax
Adjusted income from continuing operations, net of tax
Adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations
Adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations

$
$

$
$

237.2 
237.2 
4.984.98 

49.1 
1.03 

$
$

(5.2) 
(0.11) 

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

12.6
0.27

0.0 
0.0 

47.4 
0.99  

4.5
0.10

$
$

(10.7)
(0.23)

$
$

0.0 
0.31

$
$

334.8 
334.8 
7.347.34

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

155.3 
155.3 
3.333.33  

20.3 
0.44 

36.8 
0.79 

4.1 
0.09  

0.0 
0.0 

71.1 
1.52 

0.6
0.01

101.4 
2.17

0.0 
0.05 

389.5 
389.5 
8.408.40

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

196.4 
196.4 
4.204.20

82.3 
1.76  

59.5 
1.27 

2.8 
0.06  

0.0 
0.0 

122.9 
2.63 

0.0
0.0

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

462.0
462.0
9.819.81

33.4 
0.71 

52.1 
1.11 

8.2 
0.17  

3.2 
0.07 

121.9 
2.59

0.0
0.0

(0.6) 
(0.01)

$
$

(155.8)
(3.31)

0.0 
0.0 

463.5 
463.5 
9.909.90

$
$

$
$

0.0 
0.0 

525.0 
525.0 
11.15
11.15

Note: GAAP results represent amounts per Form 10K for the year referenced.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

LISTED IN ORDER OF ELECTION

PETRO BARCHUK 
Vice President,  
Financial Planning and Analysis

BENSON F. SMITH 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Teleflex Incorporated 
Chairman of the Board

GEORGE BABICH, JR. *1 
Retired President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
Checkpoint Systems, Inc. 
Lead Director 
Compensation Committee Chair

STEPHEN K. KLASKO, M.D. *2 
President and CEO 
Thomas Jefferson University 
and Jefferson Health

STUART A. RANDLE *1, 2 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Ivenix, Inc. 
Nominating and Governance 
Commitee Chair

CANDACE H. DUNCAN *3 
Retired Managing Partner 
KPMG LLP 
Audit Committee Chair

GRETCHEN R. HAGGERTY *3 
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer 
United States Steel Corp.

RICHARD A. PACKER *2 
Primary Executive Director 
Asahi Kasei

KAREN BOYLAN 
Corporate Vice President,  
Strategic Projects

GWEN CHAPMAN 
Corporate Vice President and
Chief Compliance Officer

JOHN DEREN 
Vice President, 
Chief Accounting Officer

JEAN-LUC DIANDA 
President, EMEA 
and Global Urology

MICHAEL DIGIUSEPPE 
Vice President and  
General Manager, 
Respiratory Division and 
Corporate Accounts

TIMOTHY DUFFY 
Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

JAKE ELGUICZE 
Treasurer and Vice President, 
Investor Relations

JAMES FERGUSON 
President and General Manager,  
Surgical and Latin America

MICHELLE FOX 
Corporate Vice President and  
Chief Medical Officer

ANDREW A. KRAKAUER *1 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Cantel Medical Corp.

SUNNY GOH 
President, APAC

LIAM J. KELLY 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

JOHN C. HEINMILLER *3 
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer 
St. Jude Medical

*Board Committees 
1 Compensation 
2 Nominating and Governance 
3 Audit

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP

LIAM J. KELLY 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

THOMAS E. POWELL 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

DAVE AMERSON 
President and General Manager, 
Interventional Urology

MATTHEW ANDERSON 
President and General Manager, 
Interventional

MARIE HENDRIXSON 
Vice President, 
Internal Audit

CAMERON HICKS 
Corporate Vice President,
Human Resources and 
Communications

TIM KELLEHER 
President and 
General Manager, OEM

BERT LANE 
Vice President, 
Global Logistics and Distribution

JAMES J. LEYDEN 
Corporate Vice President,  
General Counsel and Secretary

JAKE NEWMAN 
President and General 
Manager, Vascular

DANIEL PRICE 
Vice President,  
Commercial Finance

KEVIN ROBINSON 
Vice President and General 
Manager, Anesthesia and 
Emergency Medicine

GWEN WATANABE
Corporate Vice President, 
Corporate Development, 
Strategy and Strategic Partnerships

ED WEIDNER 
Vice President, Customer 
Experience and Commercial 
Operations

JAY WHITE 
Corporate Vice President, Americas 
and EMEA

MARIO WIJKER 
Corporate Vice President, Quality 
Assurance and Regulatory Affairs

GREGG WINTER 
Vice President, Tax

JAMES WINTERS 
Corporate Vice President, 
Manufacturing and Supply Chain

INVESTOR INFORMATION

ANNUAL MEETING 
The annual meeting of  
shareholders will take place at 
11:00 a.m. on May 1, 2020 at:

Teleflex Incorporated 
550 East Swedesford Road 
Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

INVESTOR INFORMATION 
Market and ownership  
of common stock: 
New York Stock Exchange 
Trading symbol: TFX

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
Investors, analysts and others 
seeking information about the 
company should contact:

Jake Elguicze 
Teleflex Incorporated 
(610) 948-2836 
jake.elguicze@teleflex.com 
www.teleflex.com

A copy of the Annual Report as filed 
with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on Form 10-K, interim 
reports on Form 10-Q, and current 
reports on Form 8-K can be 
accessed on the Investor page of 
the company’s website or can be 
mailed upon request.

TRANSFER AGENT  
AND REGISTRAR 
Questions concerning transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, 
dividends, duplicate mailings, 
change of address, or other 
stockholder matters should be 
addressed to:

American Stock Transfer 
& Trust Company 
6201 15th Ave 
Brooklyn, New York 11219 
(800) 937-5449 (toll free)

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT 
Teleflex Incorporated offers a 
dividend reinvestment and direct 
stock purchase and sale plan. For 
enrollment information, please 
contact American Stock Transfer 
& Trust Company, Dividend 
Reinvestment Department, 1-877-
842-1572 (toll free).

CODE OF ETHICS AND 
BUSINESS GUIDELINES 
All Teleflex businesses around 
the world share a common Code 
of Ethics, which guides the way 
we conduct business. The Code is 
available on the Teleflex website at 
www.teleflex.com.

CERTIFICATIONS  
The certifications by the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer of Teleflex 
Incorporated required under 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 have been filed as 
exhibits to Teleflex Incorporated’s 
2019 Annual Report on Form 10-
K. In addition, in May 2019, the 
Chief Executive Officer of Teleflex 
Incorporated certified to the New 
York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) that 
he is not aware of any violation by 
the Company of NYSE corporate 
governance listing standards, as 
required by Section 303A.12(a) of 
the NYSE Corporate Governance 
Rules.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

FORWARD-LOOKING 
STATEMENTS 
In accordance with the safe 
harbor provisions of the Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act 
of 1995, the company notes that 
certain statements contained in 
this report are forward-looking 
in nature. These forward-looking 
statements include matters such 
as business strategies, market 
potential, product deployment, 
future financial performance, and 
other future oriented matters. 
Such matters inherently involve 
many risks and uncertainties. For 
additional information, please 
refer to the company’s Securities 
and Exchange Commission filings 
and the Form 10-K included in the 
Annual Report.

Teleflex, the Teleflex logo, Bandit™, EZPLAZ™, Raider™, Warrior™, and Work With the Experts™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of Teleflex 
Incorporated or its affiliates, in the U.S. and/or other countries. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Driving High Growth

Innovative 
Products

High-Growth
Markets

World-Class
People

AnnualReport_Covers.indd   1
AnnualReport_Covers.indd   1

3/6/20   4:22 PM
3/6/20   4:22 PM